{"title":"Jewelry Cases","description":"\u003c!--hero--\u003e\u003cdiv data-hero=\"2\" style=\"position:relative;margin:0 0 22px;border-radius:14px;overflow:hidden;background:linear-gradient(135deg,#8C6838,#1A1418);font-family:Jost,Inter,Arial,sans-serif\"\u003e\n\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 1200 260\" preserveaspectratio=\"xMidYMid slice\" xmlns=\"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2000\/svg\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Jewelry Cases\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%\"\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"150\" fill=\"#EADCC6\" opacity=\"0.07\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003ccircle cx=\"1060\" cy=\"130\" r=\"96\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"#EADCC6\" stroke-width=\"4\" opacity=\"0.35\"\u003e\u003c\/circle\u003e\u003cg opacity=\"0.16\" stroke=\"#ffffff\" stroke-width=\"3\"\u003e\u003cline x1=\"-200\" y1=\"52\" x2=\"120\" y2=\"52\"\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x1\" values=\"-200;1300\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003canimate attributename=\"x2\" values=\"120;1620\" dur=\"3.6s\" repeatcount=\"indefinite\"\u003e\u003c\/animate\u003e\u003c\/line\u003e\u003c\/g\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding:clamp(18px,4vw,40px) clamp(16px,5vw,60px)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#ffffff;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(24px,4.2vw,46px);line-height:1.15\"\u003eJewelry Cases\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color:#EADCC6;font-weight:500;font-size:clamp(15px,2.1vw,24px);line-height:1.35;margin-top:6px\"\u003eRing box, velvet, leather, wood, gift\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"margin-top:14px;display:flex;flex-wrap:wrap;gap:8px\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"display:inline-block;background:#ffffff;color:#1A1418;border-radius:17px;padding:6px 16px;font-weight:700;font-size:clamp(12px,1.5vw,17px);line-height:1.3;white-space:nowrap\"\u003e14-day returns\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c!--\/hero--\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-seo=\"1\" style=\"max-width:920px;margin:0 auto;font-size:16px;line-height:1.75\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:6px 0 14px\"\u003eJewelry case: ring box, velvet, leather or wood, to give and to keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e shows a piece off at the moment it is handed over, then protects it long afterward. This collection includes ring cases, proposal boxes, watch cases and compact travel models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e remains the most common search: it opens onto a velvet or leather cushion that presents the ring facing the person receiving it. A \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e is recognized by its neat finishes, and a \u003cstrong\u003eunique jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e by its shape or its lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhy choose a jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA piece presented properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The inner cushion holds the ring upright, facing you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday protection.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the handover is done, the case keeps the ring safe from dust and knocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA discreet format.\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact models slip into a pocket or a bag without bulging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA material to choose.\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft velvet, structured leather or warm wood: each material gives a style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn object that stays.\u003c\/strong\u003e It keeps a place on the dresser or in the drawer, long after the gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eThe moment the lid opens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne dinner evening, the box is on the table and the lid opens onto the ring. At that instant, the case matters as much as the jewelry: a well-cut cushion and a smooth hinge give the scene the softness you hope for. A sloppy case, on the contrary, spoils the effect of the piece, whatever its price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eWhich jewelry case should you choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWedding and engagement ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a proposal, the velvet or leather ring box opens onto a single cushion; the double version holds two wedding bands. The format is compact and slips into a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWooden jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003ewooden jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e has a warm and lasting feel. It suits an antique ring, a fine necklace or a watch, and is gladly kept in a dresser drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eLuxury, leather and velvet jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e relies on clean stitching, a velvet interior and a crisp closure. Some models add LED lighting or a heart shape, depending on the product: read the description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eSoft or rigid case: which one to choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rigid case protects the piece better from knocks; a \u003cstrong\u003esoft jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e slips more easily into a pocket or a travel pouch. For giving, the rigid one shows it off better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003ePersonalized jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003epersonalized jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e, read the model's description, as the option varies from one product to another. A \u003cstrong\u003ecustom jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e remains a very thoughtful gift, as long as the model offers the option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eRing size and number of slots: the criterion that avoids mistakes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA thick ring or a tall solitaire needs a deep cushion. A fine necklace or a watch calls for a wider case: check the product's dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eGiving and caring for a case\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003ePresenting the gift well\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the ring upright on the cushion, close gently and test the closure before giving it. A ribbon or a short note is enough to complete the whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eKeeping the case in good condition\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a soft, dry cloth, and avoid water on leather and wood. Store it closed, away from direct light, so the velvet keeps its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eFrequently asked questions about jewelry cases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhere can you buy a jewelry case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere, by comparing materials, formats and finishes before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eWhere can you buy a ring box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this collection: look for wedding or engagement ring boxes, then compare velvet, leather and wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eHow do you choose a case for a ring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst look at the occasion: proposal, anniversary or simple storage. Then the depth of the cushion, which should hold the stone without squeezing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eDoes a case also suit a watch or a necklace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, depending on the model: some cases are designed for a watch, others for a chain. Check the dimensions and the type of cushion on the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:26px;line-height:1.25;margin:38px 0 14px\"\u003eOrder your jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the material and the format, then add the case to your cart. Shipping is free on orders over €25, the right of return runs for 14 days and the legal guarantee of conformity covers you. You don't need to enter anything for the 10% discount: it is deducted automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:13.5px;color:#64748b\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePopular searches:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry case, ring box, luxury jewelry case, personalized jewelry case, custom jewelry case, wooden jewelry case, unique jewelry case, soft jewelry case, where to buy a jewelry case, where to buy a ring box, where to buy a ring case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;line-height:1.3;margin:26px 0 8px\"\u003eAlso worth a look\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry box\u003c\/a\u003e : to store rings, necklaces and earrings in one place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/coffret-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry chest\u003c\/a\u003e : chests with drawers or for travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rangement-bijoux\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eJewelry storage\u003c\/a\u003e : trays and organizers for a drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux-voyage\" style=\"color:#7A5A2E;text-decoration:underline\"\u003eTravel jewelry box\u003c\/a\u003e : a compact format for the suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv data-guides=\"1\" style=\"margin-top:28px\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur guides:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/conseils-guides-presentoirs-bijoux\/organiser-bagues-plateaux-cones-ecrins\"\u003eOrganizing your rings: trays, cones and ring boxes\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/en\/blogs\/conseils-guides-presentoirs-bijoux\/boite-a-bijoux-cadeau-a-qui-offrir-laquelle-choisir\"\u003eJewelry box as a gift: who to give it to and which one to choose\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"boite-bagues-velours-100-places-vitrine","title":"100-Compartment Velvet Ring Box with Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e100-Compartment Velvet Ring Box: The Large Display Case for Collections and Jewelry Stores\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e100-compartment ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e in velvet holds an entire collection in a \u003cstrong\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tray closed with a transparent glass lid. It is designed for collectors and \u003cstrong\u003ejewelers\u003c\/strong\u003e who want to display or store a large number of rings, each on its own roll, without piling them up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this 100-compartment ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: one roll per ring, arranged in neat rows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent glass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: view the collection without opening the box, while keeping dust out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet in four colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: deep green, cream beige, light gray, or black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid locks at the front, making it ideal for transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm format\u003c\/strong\u003e: flat and rectangular, it fits easily into a drawer or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e100-Compartment ring box: how to store a large collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach ring slides onto a padded \u003cstrong\u003evelvet roll\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the design of a jewelry store ring holder. The rows are closely spaced, making room for delicate rings, wedding bands, fashion rings, or children's jewelry. Allow fewer compartments for very wide or bulky rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet, glass, and clasps: the materials of the 100-compartment ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the case and rows: it is dense and soft against the jewelry. The \u003cstrong\u003eglass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e is transparent. The silver-colored \u003cstrong\u003emetal clasps\u003c\/strong\u003e are located at the front. Four colors are available: green and black offer more contrast, while beige and gray are brighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass ring box for professional displays and home storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store\u003c\/strong\u003e or on a stand, it displays stock on a counter and can then be stored in a drawer. At home, it replaces several jewelry boxes and keeps all your rings within easy reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e removes dust from the velvet; a \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e cleans the glass. Avoid getting water on the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product page lists 100 compartments, one per roll. Thick rings may require more space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e35 x 24 x 5 cm, as shown in the dimensioned diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreen, beige, gray, and black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be closed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: metal clasps keep the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry other than rings can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStud earrings can be slid onto the rolls; for larger jewelry, a compartment tray is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this 100-compartment ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches for both individuals and professionals. You have 14 days to return your order, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and store your entire ring collection under glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-compartment glass ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet, glass lid, metal clasps\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, beige, gray, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 24 x 5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 rings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364213354808,"sku":"14:10#Green ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364213387576,"sku":"14:175#Beige ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364213420344,"sku":"14:193#Gray  ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364213453112,"sku":"14:29#Black ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Sade34f428bf44330b150502c62ece79dg.webp?v=1778164773"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-verre-coffret-colliers-bagues","title":"Wooden and Glass Jewelry Box with Drawer, Gold Feet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden and glass jewelry box: a mini display case with a drawer for necklaces, rings and bracelets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e acts as a small display case on your dresser: a \u003cstrong\u003esolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e frame, a \u003cstrong\u003etransparent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that lets you see the jewelry, a compartmented drawer and four \u003cstrong\u003egolden feet\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, honey-toned, or \u003cstrong\u003edark wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, walnut-toned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: jewelry remains visible and protected from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartmented drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slides open using a round golden knob and stores rings, bracelets and necklaces by category.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: light wood or dark wood, polished and oiled according to the product sheet, for a Scandinavian or classic style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden feet\u003c\/strong\u003e: four small feet elevate the box and give it a piece-of-furniture look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: warm light wood or more understated dark wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry box with a drawer: how to organize your jewelry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drawer is divided into \u003cstrong\u003ecompartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: necklaces and beads in the long sections, rings and small items in the smaller sections, with a soft fabric-lined base. The jewelry you wear that day can be placed under the transparent lid, where it can be seen without opening it. The product sheet indicates that watches and bracelets can also be stored there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSolid wood and glass: the materials of the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e is smooth, with an oiled finish. The \u003cstrong\u003eglass\u003c\/strong\u003e lid is transparent: the product sheet describes it as tempered glass. The feet and the drawer knob are golden-toned, and the lid lifts up to access the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLight wood or dark wood: which finish to choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e complements natural interiors and pine or light oak furniture; \u003cstrong\u003edark wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, walnut-toned, suits a desk or a more classic bedroom. In both cases, the golden feet and knob add a refined touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wooden and glass jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e for the wood and a microfiber cloth for the glass. Avoid getting water on the wood and prolonged exposure to sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be stored in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNecklaces, rings and bracelets, stored in either the compartmented drawer or on the tray under the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid made of glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product sheet describes a transparent tempered glass lid: it lets you see the jewelry and protects it from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight wood, honey-toned, and dark wood, walnut-toned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a shop display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: its transparent lid allows you to display a few selected pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this wooden and glass box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer boxes, cases and displays for jewelry and watches, with accurate descriptions. You have 14 days to return items, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your finish and display your jewelry under glass in a solid wood frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry box with drawer\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood, tempered glass\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light wood or dark wood\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compartmented drawer, tray under transparent lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetails:\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden feet and drawer knob\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Dark Wood","offer_id":52364240585016,"sku":"14:193#B","price":84.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Wood","offer_id":52364240617784,"sku":"cdrfgvcdf","price":84.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Bijoux_Bois_Verre_RoyalCoffer_3.webp?v=1778165046"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-cuir-romantique-cadeau-rose","title":"Red Rose Jewelry Gift Box with Bag, Pink or Midnight Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed rose jewelry gift box, with matching gift bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a bouquet of decorative red roses and a black velvet compartment for a necklace, ring, or pair of earrings in a single box. Delivered with a matching gift bag, it turns a piece of jewelry into a statement for Valentine's Day, a marriage proposal, or a birthday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this romantic jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative red roses\u003c\/strong\u003e: six tightly packed roses fill half the box and create a bouquet effect when opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dark cushion that makes the pendant or ring shine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift bag included\u003c\/strong\u003e: a bag with handles matching the color of the box, ready to gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrinted case\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box closes under a case marked with the word \"LOVE\" in gold letters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: soft pink or midnight blue, for a softer or more elegant gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA gift box for Valentine's Day and special occasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe moment happens when it is opened: the roses appear first, then the jewelry resting on its velvet. This \u003cstrong\u003eValentine's Day jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is also suitable for a marriage proposal, Mother's Day, a couple's anniversary, or a birth. Designers and jewelers use it as a prestigious \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for their end-of-year sales. For a \u003cstrong\u003ewomen's jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e she will keep, it is a more memorable choice than a simple pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to fill the rose box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black velvet compartment holds a \u003cstrong\u003enecklace\u003c\/strong\u003e: wrap the chain around the cushion and center the pendant. It also holds a \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e or a pair of \u003cstrong\u003eearrings\u003c\/strong\u003e. Close the box, place the box in the gift bag: the set is ready to gift. The jewelry is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo colors of rose box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e box, with its pink bag, plays the card of softness and romance. The \u003cstrong\u003emidnight blue\u003c\/strong\u003e box, with its blue bag and ribbons, offers an elegant contrast with the red of the roses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and preservation of the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the box dry and away from the sun to preserve the shine of the roses and colors. Dust the flowers with a soft brush or a light breath, without water. The velvet should be brushed gently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the rose gift box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the necklace included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold without jewelry. You place the necklace, ring, or earrings of your choice inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gift bag provided?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a gift bag matching the color of the box is included. The gift is ready to gift without additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the roses natural?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are decorative roses that retain their shape. They require neither water nor special care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry to put in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pendant necklace is the most common, but a ring or earrings also find their place. The black velvet suits both gold and silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe choose boxes that make the opening a moment, and we precisely describe what is delivered. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and prepare a gift that leaves a memory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry gift box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e drawer box, decorative red roses, black velvet compartment, matching gift bag\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e necklace, ring, or earrings (not included)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e pink, midnight blue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364243271992,"sku":"14:1052;200321262:4#14.4x11.8cm;200323261:4#12.6x9.6x4.6cm","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":52364243304760,"sku":"14:200004870;200321262:4#14.4x11.8cm;200323261:4#12.6x9.6x4.6cm","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Bo_te_Romantique_Bijoux_RoyalCoffer.webp?v=1778165139"},{"product_id":"presentoir-boucle-doreille-rotatif","title":"Velvet Jewelry Box for Rings in Pink or Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet jewelry case for rings: a long box with rolls and snap closure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis elongated \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e, in \u003cstrong\u003epink or green velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, holds rings on padded rolls and features two compartments for other jewelry. A tab with a gold snap button closes the lid. It is a small ring case that is easy to slip into a drawer, bag, or suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e: rings are aligned and held in place, preventing them from scratching each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e: space for earrings, fine chains, or small pendants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the gold tab keeps the lid securely closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the velvet protects gold, silver, and gemstones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink or green\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft shade or deep green, depending on your style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow the velvet ring case is organized\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior is divided into three areas. Along the length, a series of \u003cstrong\u003erolls\u003c\/strong\u003e holds rings, wedding bands, and other rings. At one end, two compartments of different sizes hold a pair of earrings, a fine chain, a bracelet, or a small brooch. The lid is lined with the same velvet as the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and finishes of the velvet jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior and interior are covered in \u003cstrong\u003esoft velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in powder pink or emerald green. The closure tab ends with a gold snap button. The elongated format gives the item the appearance of a jewelry case, which can be given as a gift just as it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to use this jewelry case for rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, it can be stored in a dresser drawer or on a closet shelf. When traveling, it protects rings in your luggage. In a store, it serves as a \u003cstrong\u003egift case\u003c\/strong\u003e for a ring or wedding band, opened on a counter for display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for a velvet case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush, always in the direction of the nap. Avoid water and rough rubbing. Close the box after use to keep the interior clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet jewelry case for rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box features a series of rolls aligned along its length; each roll holds one ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the two compartments hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are designed for earrings, a fine chain, a bracelet, or a small brooch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the case close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a velvet tab featuring a gold snap button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be given as a gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its case shape and velvet make it a presentation box for a ring or wedding band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers cases, boxes, and displays for storage at home as well as for shop windows. Discover our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry cases\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/presentoir-bijoux-velours\"\u003evelvet displays\u003c\/a\u003e too. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your rings in a velvet case that fits anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elongated ring case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink or green\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring rolls and two compartments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tab with gold snap button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft brush, no water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364254150968,"sku":"14:29#G116;5:200004182","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364254183736,"sku":"14:175#G118;5:200004182","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-boite-rangement-bague-voyage-1169592105.webp?v=1778165584"},{"product_id":"etui-a-bijoux-boucle-doreille","title":"Velvet Ring Box with Slots, 6 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet ring case: a long row of slots to organize your entire collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring case\u003c\/strong\u003e takes the form of a long box with a hinged lid. Inside, a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous row of padded rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e holds each ring upright, clearly visible and without touching its neighbor. Six colors: \u003cstrong\u003egray, black, blue, navy blue, pink, and green\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized ring storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: one ring per slot, lined up along the entire length of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft touch that helps prevent metal and stones from scratching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: open the box with one hand and see your entire collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: to match a dressing table, display case, or counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: it can be stored flat in a drawer or displayed in a showcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet ring box: for home or display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ering holder\u003c\/strong\u003e of this shape is useful at home for organizing wedding rings, engagement rings, and signet rings. It is also ideal for boutiques: placed open on a counter, it becomes a \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring display\u003c\/strong\u003e that showcases several pieces at once. Jewelry designers use it to present a series on a trade show stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is a \u003cstrong\u003elong, narrow case\u003c\/strong\u003e, fully covered in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a lid that opens along its entire length. The base features a \u003cstrong\u003eseries of padded velvet rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e, small parallel tubes into which the ring is placed. The lid is also lined with velvet on the inside. All six colors have the same shape and layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the ring case slots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach ring is placed in a roll, face up, so you can choose from them at a glance. Thin wedding rings, set rings, and wide rings can be stored side by side; organize them by size, metal, or occasion. A ring set with a large stone is best placed at one end of the box, where it has the most space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet care and ring storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e, always in the direction of the nap, and keep it away from moisture. Always place clean, dry rings in the slots. Close the lid without applying excessive pressure so that the rolls retain their shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box features a long row of slots, one ring per slot. The exact number depends on the width of your rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the case suitable for earrings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for rings and wedding rings. Small earrings can be placed in it, but a dedicated display remains more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the case made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box is covered in velvet on both the outside and inside, over a rigid structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the six colors identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, only the color of the velvet changes: gray, black, blue, navy blue, pink, or green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your ring case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store specializes in jewelry storage and display. Each product page describes exactly what the product contains, without any invented figures. You benefit from the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e and a 14-day return period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and give every ring its own place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring case with hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet over a rigid structure\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e gray, black, blue, navy blue, pink, green\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous row of ring slots\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e dressing table, drawer, display case, stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364254413112,"sku":"14:175#G96;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364254445880,"sku":"14:193#G90;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364254478648,"sku":"14:29#G80;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight blue","offer_id":52364254511416,"sku":"14:173#G119;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364254544184,"sku":"14:691#G118;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364254576952,"sku":"14:10#G116;5:200004182","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-boite-rangement-bague-bijoux-1168920477.webp?v=1778165595"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-petite-bagues-voyage","title":"Velvet Ring Box with Slots 6 Colors Compact Size","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet ring box with slots: compact storage in six colors for your entire collection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e stores your rings in a tray with aligned slots, under an octagonal lid. Flat and compact, it fits into a drawer, suitcase, or bag. Six soft colors—nude, pink, gray, gold, dark blue, and powder pink—allow you to match it to your dressing table or jewelry display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted tray\u003c\/strong\u003e: each ring stands upright in its groove, without touching or scratching others\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat and compact format\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box fits into a dresser drawer or suitcase without taking up space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: it covers the tray, lid, and sides, for a pleasant touch and gentle protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: nude, pink, gray, gold, dark blue, and powder pink, to match or contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to use this velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, the box keeps your rings within easy reach. Stored in the drawer of a bedside table or wardrobe, it protects each ring from dust. Tucked into a suitcase, it accompanies you on a weekend trip. In a jewelry display case, the tray is presented with the lid open, to display a series of rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ring box is covered in \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e on all sides. Its shape is a \u003cstrong\u003erectangle with cut corners\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a low profile. The inner tray is carved with parallel slots for rings, and the lid rests on top. It is available in six colors: nude, pink, gray, gold, dark blue, and powder pink. The box is sold without jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInternal organization of the ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe slots are parallel and regular: the ring is slid in from the side, with the stone or design protruding from the velvet. The tray accommodates rings of various sizes, and small pairs of stud or post earrings can also find a place there. Store precious rings separately from fashion rings to keep them clearly organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush, in the direction of the nap, and avoid liquid products. Store the box closed, away from moisture and direct sunlight, which can cause some colors to fade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors is the ring box available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix colors: nude, pink, gray, gold, dark blue, and powder pink. The choice is made on the product page before adding it to the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray aligns several rings side by side in slots, enough to store a small collection. The exact number depends on the width of the rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its flat and compact profile fits into a suitcase or bag, and the lid protects the rings during the journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the jewelry items included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold alone. The rings visible in the main image are used for staging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux caters to both individuals and professionals: storage, gifts, display cases. Discover also our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry cases\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux-voyage\"\u003etravel jewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e. Returns within 14 days, 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your rings a velvet tray to their size: choose your color and add the box to your cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet: the velvet ring box with slots\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring box with slotted tray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle with cut corners, low profile\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nude, pink, gray, gold, dark blue, powder pink\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dressing table, drawer, travel, display case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Nude","offer_id":52364268011832,"sku":"14:10#option 4","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364268044600,"sku":"14:175#option 3","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364268077368,"sku":"14:193#option 2","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":52364268110136,"sku":"14:29#option 1","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark blue","offer_id":52364268142904,"sku":"14:173#option 6","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dusty Rose","offer_id":52364268175672,"sku":"14:691#option 5","price":62.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-boite-a-bijoux-petite-pour-bagues-58542733558109.jpg?v=1778164995"},{"product_id":"porte-bague-professionnel-bois-3-niveaux","title":"Velvet Ring Case Travel Size with Snap Closure","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet ring case: small travel box for storing several rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring case\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small hinged box, closed by a gold snap button, whose roll-up interior keeps several rings well separated. Its compact format slips into a bag, suitcase, or drawer. It is available in seven colors: pink, emerald green, forest green, navy blue, orange, olive green, and cream white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of this velvet travel ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet lining\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft fabric, from the lid to the bottom of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-up interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: each ring is held separately, without rubbing against the others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold snap button\u003c\/strong\u003e: a discreet closure that keeps the lid tightly closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall format\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compact box for the handbag, suitcase, or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: soft or deep shades, to match the case to your style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA travel ring case for a bag, suitcase, and drawer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ering case\u003c\/strong\u003e protects your jewelry during travel: once the lid is closed, the rings remain held in their rolls and do not knock against each other. It also finds its place in a dresser drawer or a corner of the wardrobe to store your favorite rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEveryday, the compact box prevents leaving the rings on the edge of the sink or in a pocket. It is also available as a gift to accompany a ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and finish of the velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior and interior are made of \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the shade of your choice. A hinge connects the lid to the bottom and a \u003cstrong\u003egold snap button\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures the closure. The interior is lined with fabric rolls on which the rings rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush the velvet with a soft brush and avoid getting it wet. Store clean and dry rings to preserve the color of the fabric, especially in light colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored in this case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe roll-up interior holds several rings side by side, each in its groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the case close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBy a gold snap button placed at the front of the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePink, emerald green, forest green, navy blue, orange, olive green, and cream white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the case suitable for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its small format makes it easy to slip into a bag or suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean the velvet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a soft brush, without water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together displays, boxes, and storage for jewelry and watches, for professional shop windows as well as for the home. Returns are possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and take your rings in a velvet case that protects them.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet of the velvet ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Travel ring case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolls for rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold snap button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, emerald green, forest green, navy blue, orange, olive green, cream white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry stored:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Emerald green","offer_id":52364268503352,"sku":"14:193#G116;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forest green","offer_id":52364268536120,"sku":"14:175#IS26;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy blue","offer_id":52364268568888,"sku":"14:173#G119;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":52364268601656,"sku":"14:350852#IS34;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive green","offer_id":52364268634424,"sku":"14:200006154#IS24;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364268667192,"sku":"14:1052#G115;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream white","offer_id":52364268699960,"sku":"14:29#G96;5:200004763","price":23.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/royalcoffer-rose-boite-a-bijoux-br-bague-58413073891677.jpg?v=1778165010"},{"product_id":"boite-bagues-bois-massif-vitre-vintage","title":"Solid Wood Ring Box with Vintage Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid wood ring box with glass lid: a mini display case for your wedding rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis warm-toned \u003cstrong\u003ewooden ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a solid wood frame, a \u003cstrong\u003eglass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, and microfiber-lined rows. Measuring \u003cstrong\u003e34.5 x 23.5 x 6.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is large enough to hold an entire collection of rings and wedding bands protected from dust, while keeping them visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this solid wood ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVintage solid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: a smooth, honey-colored wooden frame that complements a dresser or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: rings remain visible without having to open the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrofiber padding\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft material prevents scratches on gold, silver, and stones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo interior options\u003c\/strong\u003e: light beige or anthracite gray, depending on the desired contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold hinges\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid opens on two gold-colored metal hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWooden and glass ring box: how the rings are arranged\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior consists of \u003cstrong\u003eroll rows\u003c\/strong\u003e lined with microfiber: each ring is slipped onto a roll to keep it upright and visible. This arrangement is suitable for wedding bands, fashion rings, and fine collectible rings. Beige provides a light and warm look, while anthracite gray makes silver jewelry stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSolid wood, glass, and microfiber: the materials of the ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid wood\u003c\/strong\u003e is polished and varnished, with clean edges. The \u003cstrong\u003eglass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e is transparent and rigid: it protects the rings from dust and turns it into a \u003cstrong\u003emini display case\u003c\/strong\u003e. The suede-like \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber\u003c\/strong\u003e lines the rows and the inside of the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass ring box: at home or in a store\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, it serves as an elegant ring holder; in a jewelry store, it displays wedding bands on a counter without repeated handling. At \u003cstrong\u003e34.5 x 23.5 x 6.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it takes up about as much space as a book: check that it fits on the intended shelf or in the drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wooden and microfiber ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all that is needed for the wood and glass. For the microfiber, a soft brush removes dust. Avoid water on the wood and prolonged exposure to sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this ring box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 34.5 x 23.5 x 6.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between beige and gray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the color of the interior changes: light beige or anthracite gray. The wooden frame and glass are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow are the rings held?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are slipped onto microfiber-lined rolls, arranged in rows, which keeps them upright and prevents contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a jewelry display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: the glass lid allows the rings to be displayed, and the solid wood complements a classic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this wooden ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches, with actual dimensions. You have 14 days to return items, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay your rings under glass in a solid wood frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood, microfiber, glass lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige or anthracite gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34.5 x 23.5 x 6.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roll rows for rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vintage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364352356664,"sku":"14:175#Ring Beige","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Anthracite Grey","offer_id":52364352389432,"sku":"14:10#Ring Gray","price":89.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ChatGPTImage11aout2025_10_11_10.png?v=1778165521"},{"product_id":"boite-bagues-velours-cuir-plateau-compact","title":"Compact Velvet Ring Box with Glass Lid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet ring box with glass lid: the compact tray for storing your rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact tray measuring \u003cstrong\u003e20 x 15 x 4.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, closed by a transparent lid and a small metal clasp. Its padded rows hold rings and earrings, which remain visible without opening the box. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003esix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: gray, black, turquoise blue, beige, white, and pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this compact velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: a mini display case for a dressing table or counter, which keeps jewelry visible and protected from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet lining\u003c\/strong\u003e: dense and soft on the outside and inside, it prevents scratches on precious metals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing rows\u003c\/strong\u003e: aligned rolls separate rings and prevent them from clashing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: gray, black, turquoise blue, beige, white, or pink: choose the shade that matches your decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20 x 15 x 4.5 cm: it fits in a drawer or sits on a shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass ring box: organization of rows and compartments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gray, black, beige, and pink models are padded with \u003cstrong\u003erows of rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e for rings, which can also be used for stud earrings. The \u003cstrong\u003eturquoise blue\u003c\/strong\u003e model combines ring rows with \u003cstrong\u003ethree square compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e, practical for larger jewelry, thin bracelets, or earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVelvet, glass, and clasp: materials of the compact ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the shell, the lid frame, and the interior. The \u003cstrong\u003etransparent glass\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the jewelry. The silver-colored \u003cstrong\u003emetal clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front keeps the lid closed. A white ribbon holds the lid when opened wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRing box for dressing table, drawer, and counter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt home, it organizes everyday rings at a glance and fits on a dressing table. In a store, it serves as a small display tray for rings from the same collection. Its size of \u003cstrong\u003e20 x 15 x 4.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e allows several to be stored side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove dust from the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e; clean the glass with a soft cloth. Avoid water on the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20 x 15 x 4.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGray, black, turquoise blue, beige, white, and pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid transparent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: it is a glass lid, which keeps the jewelry visible without opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you store anything other than rings in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: stud earrings, and in the turquoise version, small jewelry in the square compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this compact ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialize in boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches, and we describe each model as it is. You have 14 days to return it, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and put your rings under glass in soft velvet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet, glass lid, metal clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, black, turquoise blue, beige, white, pink\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 x 15 x 4.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roll rows for rings; three additional compartments in the turquoise model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364353667384,"sku":"BBV-BAG-GRIS","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364353700152,"sku":"BBV-BAG-NOIR","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turquoise Blue","offer_id":52364353732920,"sku":"BBV-BAG-BLEU","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":52364353765688,"sku":"BBV-BAG-BEIGE","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364353798456,"sku":"BBV-BAG-BLANC","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364353831224,"sku":"BBV-BAG-ROSE","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/boiteabijoux1.jpg?v=1778165658"},{"product_id":"boite-collier-velours-individuelle-cadeau","title":"Velvet Jewelry Box for Necklace and Pendant","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVelvet jewelry box for a necklace and pendant, the individual gift box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a necklace or pendant and presents it like a piece of fine jewelry: the chain slips behind the tab, keeping the pendant perfectly centered. Designed for gifting, storing a precious piece, or packaging each designer sale, it fits in the hand at \u003cstrong\u003e6 x 7.7 x 3 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn individual necklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e: one piece of jewelry per box, with no risk of tangling or rubbing against another chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-touch velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: both the exterior and interior are covered in velvet, which protects the metal from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecuring tab\u003c\/strong\u003e: the chain passes behind the central tab, allowing the pendant to lie flat with its front visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: all-black, burgundy with a black interior, or red with a white interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e with a rigid lid that closes neatly, making it easy to slip into a gift bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA gift jewelry box for gifting or jewelry stores\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003egift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms a simple necklace into a thoughtful present: for a birthday, Mother's Day, Valentine's Day, or a marriage proposal. Jewelry designers and boutiques use it to present each sold necklace in a display \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e. At home, it keeps a family pendant safe in a drawer or on a dressing table, and can also be packed in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNecklace box dimensions: 6 x 7.7 x 3 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e wide, \u003cstrong\u003e7.7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e high, and \u003cstrong\u003e3 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e thick when closed. It holds a pendant and its fine or medium chain, folded at the bottom. A large medallion or very thick chain requires a larger size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlack, burgundy, or red velvet: the interior of the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Black color is entirely black inside and out, making gold and silver stand out. The Burgundy color combines a dark red exterior with a black interior. The Red color pairs bright red velvet with a white interior, ideal for pearls and rose gold. Choose the shade that best flatters the jewelry you are gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush or dry cloth, following the grain. Avoid water and household products, which can damage the fibers. Store the box away from direct sunlight to preserve its rich color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size necklace fits in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pendant on a fine or medium chain, folded at the bottom. Large medallions and statement necklaces require a larger box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the necklace come with the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold empty, ready to hold the jewelry of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan earrings be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a pair of stud earrings fits on the tab. However, the box is designed for a necklace or pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose for a gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed with a white interior evokes celebration and highlights pearls. Black provides a sleek, elegant look suitable for all jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for individuals as well as jewelry store showcases. Enjoy 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your necklace the velvet box it deserves.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individual box for a necklace or pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 7.7 x 3 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 necklace or 1 pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Burgundy (black interior), Red (white interior)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Box sold without jewelry\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364354617656,"sku":"14:10#All Black","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bordeaux","offer_id":52364354650424,"sku":"14:29#Dark Red and Black","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364354683192,"sku":"14:173#Red","price":14.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ChatGPTImage27juil.2025_17_50_19.png?v=1778165708"},{"product_id":"presentoir-1-bague-velours","title":"Octagonal Velvet Ring Box for 1 or 2 Rings","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOctagonal velvet ring box: one ring or two wedding bands well protected\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis velvet \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e has the shape of an octagon with cut corners. It measures \u003cstrong\u003e5 x 5 x 4 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, slips into a bag or pocket and holds \u003cstrong\u003eone ring\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003etwo rings\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on the version chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the ideal box for a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, a pair of wedding bands, an engagement ring to give or a ring that you simply want to protect while traveling. Five velvet colors: cream, forest green, olive, orange and navy blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe benefits of this velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: it wraps the ring, prevents it from slipping and protects it from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-ring or 2-ring version\u003c\/strong\u003e: a central slot for one ring, two slots side by side for two wedding bands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5 x 5 x 4 cm, easy to carry or place on a counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: cream, forest green, olive, orange and navy blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeat finish\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid made of the same velvet closes the box neatly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA box for marriage proposals, wedding bands and gifts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box is the format expected during a marriage proposal. The two-slot version holds a \u003cstrong\u003epair of wedding bands\u003c\/strong\u003e or an engagement ring and its wedding band, the one-slot version highlights a solitaire. The deep shades, forest green, olive or navy blue, give a refined effect; cream and orange provide a warmer look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFor the display case, the counter and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a jewelry counter, the open box presents the ring to the customer, and a row of boxes in different colors creates a beautiful range effect. When traveling, it protects a precious ring in a carry-on bag, much more securely than a pouch. In a dresser drawer, it keeps each wedding band in its place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing between one ring and two rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the \u003cstrong\u003eone ring\u003c\/strong\u003e version for a solitaire, an engagement ring or a piece that you want to showcase alone. Take the \u003cstrong\u003etwo rings\u003c\/strong\u003e version for wedding bands, a ring and its wedding band or a duo of thin rings. Both versions have the same exterior size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun a soft brush over the velvet to remove dust, always in the direction of the fabric. Avoid water and hard rubbing, store the box closed away from direct light to preserve the color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the size of this ring box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 5 x 5 x 4 cm, a compact format that fits in one hand, a pocket or a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings fit in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne ring in the one-ring version, two rings in the two-ring version. The exterior format is identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this small box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is the classic format for presenting an engagement ring or a pair of wedding bands. The velvet gives an elegant look when opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ring box colors are offered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCream, forest green, olive, orange and navy blue, in both versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together boxes, cases, displays and winders for jewelry and watches. The ring boxes are aimed at individuals as well as professionals who present their creations. Returns within 14 days and 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and your version, one ring or two, for a box ready to give.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet of the octagonal velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e compact ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x 5 x 4 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e octagonal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 or 2 rings depending on the version\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e cream, forest green, olive, orange, navy blue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"A ring \/ Cream","offer_id":52364355600696,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"A ring \/ Fir green","offer_id":52364355633464,"sku":"1456","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"A ring \/ Olive","offer_id":52364355666232,"sku":"47114","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"A ring \/ Orange","offer_id":52364355699000,"sku":"6969","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"A ring \/ Navy blue","offer_id":52364355731768,"sku":"78855","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two rings \/ Cream","offer_id":52364355764536,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two rings \/ Fir green","offer_id":52364355797304,"sku":"474","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two rings \/ Olive","offer_id":52364355830072,"sku":"5","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two rings \/ Orange","offer_id":52364355862840,"sku":"5757","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two rings \/ Navy blue","offer_id":52364355895608,"sku":"58","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ecrin-moderne.png?v=1778165797"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bracelet-luxe","title":"Dark Green Jewelry Box for Ring, Bracelet or Necklace","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDark green jewelry box for ring, bracelet, pendant or necklace\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003edark green jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in four sizes, one for each type of jewelry: \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003enecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e. The deep green leather-look exterior closes with a discreet snap fastener; the soft-touch cream interior highlights gold and gemstones. A counter box for professionals, a gift box for individuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this dark green jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA size for every piece of jewelry\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, bracelet, pendant or necklace, with a suitable interior insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegant dark green\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rare shade that stands out from standard black and burgundy boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCream interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a light background that makes gold, silver and colored gemstones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap fastener\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box stays closed in a pocket, bag or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to gift\u003c\/strong\u003e: understated and elegant, it replaces standard gift wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry box for the shop, gifts and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-store, a matching range of \u003cstrong\u003edark green boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a distinctive look to the presentation of the jewelry: the ring in its round box, the necklace in its long, flat box. As a gift, the box replaces a cardboard box and can be kept after the gift is given. At home, it protects a precious piece of jewelry in a drawer, away from dust and scratches. Designers also use it to photograph a piece against a simple background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the dark green jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003edark green\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eleather-look\u003c\/strong\u003e finish. \u003cstrong\u003eInterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003ecream\u003c\/strong\u003e insert, with a ring slot, bracelet slots, angled pendant support, and flat base for a necklace. \u003cstrong\u003eClosure\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003esnap fastener\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, bracelet, pendant, necklace. The jewelry shown in the images is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich jewelry box to choose: ring, bracelet, pendant or necklace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small domed box that holds the ring in a slot. The \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e is wider, with two slots for a rigid or flexible bracelet. The \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a chain with the pendant resting flat on an angled insert. The \u003cstrong\u003enecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e is long and slim, for an extended chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the dark green jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Gently brush the interior to remove dust. Avoid water and direct heat, and always close the box to protect the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the dark green jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box to choose for gifting a ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring box, which holds the ring and closes with one motion. It slips easily into a bag or pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the necklace box suitable for a long necklace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds an extended chain of standard length. For a very long sautoir, it is best to fold it in half.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe interior is cream in all four sizes, with a dark green exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box come with the jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold empty. The jewelry in the images is shown for illustrative purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur shop offers \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry boxes, cases and displays\u003c\/strong\u003e for both jewelry professionals and individuals. You benefit from a 14-day return policy and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the size for your jewelry and give it a box to match.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e dark green, cream interior\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e leather-look finish\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, bracelet, pendant, necklace\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e snap fastener\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring Box","offer_id":52364356616504,"sku":"14:29#H10801","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet Case","offer_id":52364356649272,"sku":"14:173#H10804","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant Case","offer_id":52364356682040,"sku":"14:496#H10803","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace Case","offer_id":52364356714808,"sku":"14:1052#H10802","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ecrin-a-bijoux-professionnel.png?v=1778164654"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-pendentif-velours-compact","title":"Bamboo Jewelry Box for Pendant, Black Velvet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBamboo jewelry box for a pendant: a gift that opens like a little treasure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bamboo \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a pendant or a fine chain on a deep black velvet interior. Compact and warm, it is ideal for gifting a piece of jewelry, keeping it safe on a dressing table, or presenting it on a jewelry store counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this bamboo pendant box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: light bamboo with fine, regular stripes forms the beveled lid and the body of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lining makes gold, silver, and stones stand out, and prevents the metal from being scratched by contact with a hard surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetention slot\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bottom cushion features a small slot that holds the pendant's bail securely in the center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal hinge\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid opens fully and closes with a single motion, without any play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in a pocket-sized format, easy to slip into a bag, suitcase, or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA bamboo gift box for gifting, storing, or displaying\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a proposal, birthday, birth, or christening, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms a fine chain into a real gift: open the lid and the pendant appears, resting on the velvet. At home, it keeps a locket, cross, or medal separate from the rest of the jewelry box, where chains get tangled. In a store or at a designer fair, several boxes lined up in a display case present a collection of pendants with natural elegance, and the customer leaves with their jewelry already in its box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the bamboo jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body and lid are made of \u003cstrong\u003ebamboo\u003c\/strong\u003e left in its natural shade, with a lid featuring beveled edges. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, on both the bottom and under the lid. The opening features a \u003cstrong\u003emetal hinge\u003c\/strong\u003e. The format is \u003cstrong\u003ecompact\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eone pendant\u003c\/strong\u003e with its fine chain or for a solitaire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can be stored in this small pendant box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom cushion holds the pendant, its bail slipped into the central slot; the chain rests flat around it, without tangling. A pair of small stud earrings or a delicate ring can also be placed inside, but the box is designed for a single piece, showcased on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for bamboo and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft, dry cloth is all that is needed for the bamboo; avoid water and household products, which dull the wood. Dust the velvet with a soft brush, in the direction of the nap. Store the box away from direct sunlight and bathroom humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat jewelry fits in this bamboo box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for a pendant with its fine chain, or for a solitaire. A delicate ring or a pair of stud earrings also has its place inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box delivered empty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the jewelry box is sold empty, without jewelry. The jewelry in the photos is used to demonstrate its use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift box for a proposal or birth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is its primary use: the black velvet and light wood highlight a medal, cross, or pendant. It can be given just as it is, without gift wrapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used to display jewelry in a store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, several boxes opened in a display case create a harmonious presentation. The customer then leaves with their jewelry in its box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select boxes, cases, and displays designed for both professional shop windows and storage at home. Worldwide delivery, \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our customer service answers your questions before and after purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your pendant the bamboo box it deserves.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box for a pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e bamboo, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal hinge lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e one pendant with its chain, or a solitaire\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Natural bamboo","offer_id":52364357140792,"sku":"ECRIN-BOIS-PEND","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Ha97bc0fae37045a5b68146b69804088aC.jpg?v=1778164685"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-compact-classique-vitrine","title":"Classic Brown or Black Jewelry Box, 4 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic brown or black jewelry box: four sizes for rings, pendants, bracelets and necklaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e with its classic style features a ring, pendant, bracelet or necklace on a fully velvet-lined interior. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e, with four sizes in each color, for jewelry professionals and discerning individuals alike. A discreet and elegant jewelry box, ideal for gifting, presenting and storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this classic jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box, pendant box, bracelet box and long necklace box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo understated colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: brown with a chocolate interior, or black with a black interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the padded lining protects jewelry from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a textured finish that resists marks and retains its elegant appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a presentation for jewelry for a birthday, engagement or Christmas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA presentation box for shop windows, gifts and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a shop, a range of matching boxes creates a harmonious window display: rings, pendants, bracelets and necklaces are presented in the same shade, each in the appropriate size. For a gift, the box opens to reveal the jewelry resting on its velvet lining. At home, it protects the piece you keep for special occasions, on a dressing table or in a drawer, and its compact shape also fits into a suitcase for a business trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finish of the brown or black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in \u003cstrong\u003ematte-grained faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, in brown or black, with clean edges. The interior is \u003cstrong\u003efully lined with padded velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e in a matching shade: chocolate in the brown box, black in the black box. The lid pivots on a hinge and stays open for presentation, then closes over the jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich jewelry box size for which piece of jewelry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small cube that holds the ring in a velvet slot. The \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e presents a chain and its pendant flat. The \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e is wider, designed for a cuff, chain or rigid bracelet. The \u003cstrong\u003elong necklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a long chain or flexible bracelet stretched along its entire length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dust the velvet with a soft brush or microfiber cloth. Store the box closed, away from moisture and direct sunlight, to keep the velvet intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the classic jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour sizes: ring, pendant, bracelet and necklace. Each is available in brown or black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this box suitable for a jewelry store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its classic style and two understated colors make it ideal for creating a harmonious window display. The four sizes cover the main types of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose, brown or black?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrown and its chocolate velvet create a warm look that complements yellow gold and rose gold. Black creates a strong contrast with silver, platinum and light-colored stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for the velvet lining of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush is enough to remove dust. Avoid water and household cleaning products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases and displays for individuals and jewelry professionals. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and size, and organize your presentations with elegance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the brown or black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant, bracelet, necklace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e brown, black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, padded velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e one piece of jewelry per box\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Brown \/ Ring box","offer_id":52364357206328,"sku":"14:175#Ring box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Pendant case","offer_id":52364357239096,"sku":"14:29#Pendant box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Bracelet case","offer_id":52364357271864,"sku":"14:10#Bracelet  box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Long necklace case","offer_id":52364357304632,"sku":"14:691#Necklace box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Ring box","offer_id":52364357337400,"sku":"14:175#Ring box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Pendant case","offer_id":52364357370168,"sku":"14:29#Pendant box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Bracelet case","offer_id":52364357402936,"sku":"14:10#Bracelet  box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Long necklace case","offer_id":52364357435704,"sku":"14:691#Necklace box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H6844ae98a5a14fd2a2c39aa3e5a12892F_858d0b1a-4a85-42ce-8d5c-276733c3d7ff.jpg?v=1778164648"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-classique-marron-noir","title":"Brown or Black Jewelry Box with Velvet Interior, 4 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBrown or black jewelry box with velvet interior: four sizes to showcase every piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis classic \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, in chocolate brown or black, opens to reveal a matching \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior. It is available in four sizes: \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003enecklace\u003c\/strong\u003e. Straight lines, a slightly textured matte exterior, and a hinged lid make this understated box the perfect way to showcase a piece of jewelry, whether as a gift or in a shop window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this classic jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo timeless colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: chocolate brown or black, both of which complement any piece of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that protects and enhances the piece of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e to create a cohesive collection, from rings to necklaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e that stays open to display the piece of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegant matte finish\u003c\/strong\u003e with no pattern or logo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA box for jewelers, designers, and gifts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJewelers and designers use it as a \u003cstrong\u003epresentation box\u003c\/strong\u003e in shop windows or for delivering orders to customers: four matching sizes create a polished, cohesive look. For individuals, it is the ideal \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e for presenting a ring, pendant, or bracelet for a birthday, wedding, or holiday. At home, it keeps jewelry safe from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four sizes of the brown or black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe almost cubic \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the ring in a velvet slot. The square pendant box displays the piece suspended against a velvet background. The flat rectangular bracelet box holds a bangle or cuff. The long necklace box holds a necklace or flexible bracelet laid flat. Each size is available in \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMatte exterior and matching velvet interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior features a fine-grained matte surface in chocolate brown or black. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e in the same shade, which cushions the piece of jewelry and makes gold, silver, and gemstones shine. A classic, reliable presentation that suits all styles of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet-lined jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet with a small soft brush. Store the boxes flat and away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the brown or black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe one that suits the piece of jewelry you want to display: ring, pendant, bracelet, or necklace. All four sizes are available in both colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown or black: which color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrown warms up gold and colored gemstones, while black makes silver and diamonds stand out. Both remain understated and classic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this box suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its matching sizes make it ideal for equipping a shop window or delivering orders in a cohesive box. It can be ordered individually, size by size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy a classic, elegant jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here, by choosing your preferred color and size. This simple box offers a polished presentation without unnecessary details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select boxes and displays designed for both individuals and jewelry professionals. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and products are covered by a two-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your color and size, and display your jewelry in a classic, polished box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the brown or black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e textured matte exterior, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant, bracelet, necklace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e brown or black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Brown \/ Ring","offer_id":52364357501240,"sku":"14:175#Ring box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364357534008,"sku":"14:29#Pendant box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364357566776,"sku":"14:10#Bracelet  box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364357599544,"sku":"14:691#Necklace box;5:200004763#Brown","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Ring","offer_id":52364357632312,"sku":"14:175#Ring box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364357665080,"sku":"14:29#Pendant box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364357697848,"sku":"14:10#Bracelet  box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364357730616,"sku":"14:691#Necklace box;5:200004182#Black","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H6844ae98a5a14fd2a2c39aa3e5a12892F.jpg?v=1778164660"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-rouge-velours-verni-luxe","title":"Red Domed Lacquered Jewelry Box with Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDomed red jewelry box: two-part opening for a ring or pendant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis domed \u003cstrong\u003ered jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e opens in two parts, like a shell, to reveal a ring or pendant resting on \u003cstrong\u003ecream velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its glossy red finish and gold button give it the appearance of a jeweler's box. A \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a marriage proposal, engagement, or precious gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this glossy red jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the two halves swing open, revealing the jewelry in the center, facing the recipient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlossy red finish\u003c\/strong\u003e with a shiny sheen and carefully finished edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCream velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that makes gold, silver, and red stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold button\u003c\/strong\u003e on top that keeps the box closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box or pendant box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box gift for special occasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ring box opens in two parts and presents the solitaire ring upright in its slot. For Valentine's Day or a birthday, the pendant box displays the medallion on its cushion, with the chain tucked underneath. Jewelers and designers also use it in shop windows or as a \u003cstrong\u003epresentation box\u003c\/strong\u003e at the point of sale. After the gift is given, it keeps the jewelry safe on a dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the domed red jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDomed jewelry box with a glossy \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e finish and a \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e cream interior. Side opening with two hinged parts and a gold closure button on top. Versions: \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat each red box presents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box contains a velvet cushion split down the center: the ring slides into it and the stone remains clearly visible. The pendant box offers a flat support where the medallion rests, with a slot for the chain; a small pair of earrings can also be displayed there. The two versions match to present a jewelry set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the glossy finish and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the glossy finish with a soft, dry cloth to maintain its shine. Dust the cream velvet with a soft brush. Store the box away from sunlight and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the red jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this jewelry box open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePress the gold button, then the two parts swing open on either side. The jewelry is presented in the center, facing forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich version should I choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the ring box: its split cushion holds the ring upright. The pendant box is designed for a necklace or medallion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I give a jewelry set with these boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the ring box and pendant box match. Together, they present a ring and a necklace in the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the interior made of velvet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the interior is lined with soft cream velvet. It protects the jewelry and enhances its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for gifting, showcasing, and storing jewelry. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your box and make every gift a jeweler's moment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e glossy red finish, cream velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold button, two-part opening\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring box, pendant box\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring Box","offer_id":52364358123832,"sku":"14:29#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant Case","offer_id":52364358156600,"sku":"14:193#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H7a3145cedbf14c1580e06918fc919750C.jpg?v=1778164673"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-coffret-exception-cadeau","title":"Green Jewelry Case with Paisley Pattern, Pompon and Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen jewelry box with cashmere pattern and tassel: an exceptional gift box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis emerald green \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, dressed in a tone-on-tone cashmere pattern and adorned with a matching \u003cstrong\u003etassel\u003c\/strong\u003e, opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior. It is available in four sizes: \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003elong chain\u003c\/strong\u003e. A refined \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for presenting a precious gift and for display in a jewelry store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this green jewelry box with a tassel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTone-on-tone cashmere pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e: a deep green that changes with the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative tassel\u003c\/strong\u003e that also serves as a pull tab to open the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that makes gold, silver, jade, and gemstones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour matching sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e to present a complete set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e and hinged lid for a jeweler's presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry gift box for special occasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn engagement ring, a jade pendant, a birthday bangle, or a long necklace given at a wedding: this \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the moment all its solemnity. Jewelers and designers use it to present their finest pieces in a display case or to deliver an order. Once gifted, it remains on the dressing table as a keepsake box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four sizes of the green cashmere-patterned jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e, almost cubic, holds the ring in a velvet slot. The square pendant box presents the jewelry hanging in the center of a black background. The bracelet box holds a bangle or cuff on a rounded support. The long chain box, elongated in shape, holds a long necklace, a necklace, or a flat-laid flexible bracelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGreen covering and black velvet: the materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in an emerald green covering with a discreetly embossed \u003cstrong\u003ecashmere pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e, on a rigid structure with rounded corners. The interior is lined with black \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each box features a green tassel, attached to the front of the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a dry, soft cloth, without any products. Dust the black velvet with a soft brush and smooth the tassel with your fingertips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the green jewelry box with a tassel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size to choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring box, the smallest of the four. Its black velvet interior makes the stone stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the bracelet box and the long chain box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bracelet box holds a rigid bangle. The long chain box holds a long necklace or a flat-laid flexible bracelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you create a matching set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the four sizes share the same green, the same pattern, and the same tassel. They form a cohesive line for a set or a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere to buy an original jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHere, by choosing the size suited to your jewelry. Each box can be ordered individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select boxes that add value to every piece of jewelry, for both individuals and professionals. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the size for your jewelry and present it in an exceptional green box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the green jewelry box with a tassel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e green covering with cashmere pattern, black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant, bracelet, long chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e green tassel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e emerald green\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring","offer_id":52364358222136,"sku":"14:691#Glod Ring box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant","offer_id":52364358254904,"sku":"14:350850#Glod Pendant box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet","offer_id":52364358287672,"sku":"8999","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long chain","offer_id":52364358320440,"sku":"841","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H2bccfc3166504d72b22d21f6558db7b1R.jpg?v=1778164679"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-grand-compact-voyage","title":"Large Jewelry Set Case in Velvet or Faux Leather","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLarge jewelry set case: necklace, earrings and pendant displayed together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis large \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e displays a complete jewelry set flat: the necklace on the back panel, the earrings and the pendant on their fasteners. It is available in stitched \u003cstrong\u003eblack faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e or in champagne beige, royal blue or pink \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. A jewelry set case designed to gift a set, display it in a shop window or store it flat in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this large jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry set case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a single case holds the necklace and matching jewelry, for a complete gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge flat format\u003c\/strong\u003e: the necklace rests spread out, without creases or knots, like in a jewelry shop window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e: the inner panel is equipped with slots and tabs that hold each piece in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects pearls, stones and metals from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e: black in faux leather, champagne beige, royal blue or pink in velvet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry display case for the shop, wedding and gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a jewelry store, on a table or at a craft market, this large case showcases a jewelry set: with the lid open, the entire set can be seen at a glance. For a wedding or birthday, it allows you to gift a pearl necklace and its matching earrings in a single case. At home, it keeps the jewelry worn on special occasions flat, in a dresser drawer or on a closet shelf, without the chains getting tangled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of the jewelry set case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black version is made of \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with light topstitching and a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior. The champagne beige, royal blue and pink versions are fully lined with \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, inside and out. The lid pivots on a hinge and stays open for display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the large jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bottom is a \u003cstrong\u003epadded panel\u003c\/strong\u003e with slots and tabs: the necklace chain is threaded through it to keep it taut, the earrings are inserted into the slots, and a pendant or brooch is attached. The case is suitable for pearl necklaces, rivière necklaces, folded long necklaces and necklace and earring sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your velvet or faux leather case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e or a sticky roller. Wipe the faux leather with a \u003cstrong\u003edry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without household products. Store the case closed, flat, away from direct sunlight to preserve the color of the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry set case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you store a necklace and earrings together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is the purpose of the jewelry set case: the necklace is secured to the panel, and the earrings in their slots. The entire set can be seen at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the black version and the velvet versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe black version is made of stitched faux leather with a velvet interior. The champagne beige, royal blue and pink versions are lined with velvet inside and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this case suitable for a jewelry store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its large flat format highlights a jewelry set in a shop window. Several cases with the same finish provide a consistent display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft brush or sticky roller removes dust. Avoid water and household products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry set case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects cases, boxes and displays to showcase jewelry, both in shops and at home. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your finish and gift the jewelry set in a case worthy of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the large jewelry set case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry case for a set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather and velvet (black) or velvet (champagne beige, royal blue, pink)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e panel with slots and tabs for necklace, earrings and pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, champagne beige, royal blue, pink\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black, faux leather","offer_id":52364358385976,"sku":"14:10#Black","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne beige, velvet","offer_id":52364358418744,"sku":"14:29#Golden","price":25.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal blue, velvet","offer_id":52364358451512,"sku":"14:691#Blue","price":25.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, velvet","offer_id":52364358484280,"sku":"14:193#Pink","price":25.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H3567d97e11b04007aeb450b5fb5fbce3L.jpg?v=1778164690"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bleu-velours-bague-pendentif","title":"Teal Ring or Pendant Box with Black Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTeal ring or pendant box: a colorful box with a deep black interior\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eteal box\u003c\/strong\u003e stands out from the usual black and white boxes: a satin finish exterior in deep blue-green, a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior, and a silver button clasp. It is available in two models: the \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e, for an engagement ring or wedding band, and the \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e, for a fine chain and its pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this teal box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeal\u003c\/strong\u003e: a bright and elegant shade that catches the eye in a shop window or on a table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: black highlights the sparkle of stones, pearls, and metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eButton clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a silver push-button on the front opens the lid with a press.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo models\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring with a split cushion, or pendant with a flat tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into a bag or pocket for a gift or travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTeal ring box: a cushion for the engagement ring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering model\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small rounded cube, fitted with a split black cushion that holds the ring upright. The lid folds over the ring like a jeweler's box. It is suitable for a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, a wedding band, or a ring gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTeal pendant box: a tray for the fine necklace\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ependant model\u003c\/strong\u003e is wider and flatter: a black velvet tray holds a fine chain and its pendant. The lid opens to reveal a dark background that makes the jewelry stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the blue box: faux leather and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of finely grained satin \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, resistant to rubbing; the interior is made of \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The construction is rigid, with rounded corners, and the lid stays open during presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the teal box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e wipes the faux leather; a soft brush removes dust from the velvet. Store the box closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe interior is made of black velvet, regardless of the model, which makes the jewelry stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ring model and the pendant model?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring model is a small cube with a split cushion; the pendant model is flatter with a tray for a fine chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: the ring model is designed for an engagement ring or wedding band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the photographed jewelry items included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be given as a gift as is?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: the teal color and button clasp give it the appearance of a jewelry box, ready to gift without additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this teal box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialize in jewelry and watch boxes and displays, with accurate descriptions. You have 14 days to return items, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose ring or pendant and present your jewelry in a box that stands out.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring or pendant box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin teal faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClasp:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver push-button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring, pendant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring Box","offer_id":52364358582584,"sku":"14:173#Ring  box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant Case","offer_id":52364358615352,"sku":"14:193#Pendant box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H895c9fd4163940edbb46c3ce8c2d386ag.jpg?v=1778164697"},{"product_id":"presentoir-cone-bague-velours-noir","title":"White Faux Leather Ring Box, Grey Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite faux leather ring box: compact, soft and easy to gift\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewhite ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact box with rounded corners, covered in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e on the outside and \u003cstrong\u003egrey velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e on the inside. A slit cushion holds the ring: \u003cstrong\u003ewedding ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esolitaire\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eengagement ring\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esignet ring\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can be given as a gift, slipped into a travel bag or displayed on a jewelry counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this white ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA bright white:\u003c\/strong\u003e the light exterior makes a gold, rose gold or silver piece stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA grey velvet interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e it protects the ring from scratches and provides a base for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA compact format:\u003c\/strong\u003e it fits in a bag, jacket pocket or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA classic style:\u003c\/strong\u003e the square shape with rounded corners is suitable for both wedding rings and engagement rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA white ring box for gifting a wedding ring or engagement ring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003eparty\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ebirthday\u003c\/strong\u003e, the box closes over the ring and opens to reveal a grey cushion that showcases it. Its white shade evokes ceremony and pairs well with a ribbon or card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe ring box for travel and display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact, it protects a ring in \u003cstrong\u003eluggage\u003c\/strong\u003e or a handbag. In a \u003cstrong\u003edisplay case\u003c\/strong\u003e, several white boxes lined up create a sober presentation, which can be used with a wedding ring, a solitaire or a signet ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rings to place in the white box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slit cushion holds a \u003cstrong\u003ethin wedding ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003esolitaire\u003c\/strong\u003e, an \u003cstrong\u003eengagement ring\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003esignet ring\u003c\/strong\u003e. The band slips into the slit, while the stone or design remains visible when the lid is opened. Very wide or very high rings should be tested using a ring sizer before giving the gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and care of the white box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of grained \u003cstrong\u003ewhite faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, the interior of \u003cstrong\u003egrey velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. Wipe the exterior with a soft cloth and dust the interior with a soft brush. Avoid prolonged contact with dark fabrics, which may bleed onto the white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the white ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings does the box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne, held by the cushion's slit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrey velvet, which contrasts with the white exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its compact format slips into a bag or suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean the white box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft cloth for the exterior, a soft brush for the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich rings can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWedding rings, solitaires, engagement rings and signet rings of standard size fit in the cushion's slit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe describe the box as it is: white exterior, grey interior, one ring. Returns are possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies. Individuals and professionals will find a simple box, ready to gift or display in a shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your ring in a simple and elegant white box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e White faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft cloth and soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52364358680888,"sku":"ECRIN-CLASSE-001","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ecrin-a-bague-classe.jpg?v=1778164707"},{"product_id":"boite-boucle-doreille-velours-compact-voyage","title":"Faux Leather Earring Case with Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather earring case with velvet interior: a jewelry-store-style presentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eearring case\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a pair of studs, post earrings, or short drop earrings on a velvet cushion with slots. Its textured \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e shell is available in six colors: green, black, white, gray, blue, and brown. An ideal case for gifting, displaying in a designer's window, or storing a precious pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this earring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet slots\u003c\/strong\u003e: each earring is inserted into the cushion and remains upright and clearly visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: the case protects the pair from impacts, whether stored in a drawer or carried in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: from classic black to deep green, there is a color to suit every style of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compact size that fits in the hand and in a suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a refined presentation, ready to give.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA gift case for presenting or displaying a pair of earrings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a birthday, christening, or Mother's Day, this \u003cstrong\u003egift case\u003c\/strong\u003e showcases a pair of earrings as soon as it is opened. Designers and jewelry stores use it as a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e: several open cases on a counter create a small earring display. At home, it keeps special-occasion earrings safe and slips into a pouch for \u003cstrong\u003etravel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the faux leather and velvet earring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in finely textured \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with clean edges. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: a slotted insert in the base and a matching lining under the lid. Depending on the color, the velvet is black, gray, or cream, highlighting both pearls and colored stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the earring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe velvet cushion in the base features \u003cstrong\u003eslots\u003c\/strong\u003e for inserting the earring posts: a pair is presented side by side. It is suitable for \u003cstrong\u003estuds\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epost earrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, huggie hoops, and short drop earrings. The lid closes without crushing the pieces. For a matching set, pair it with a ring or pendant case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your earring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the faux leather with a soft, dry cloth, without solvents. Store the case away from moisture and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the earring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich earrings fit in this case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStuds, post earrings, huggie hoops, and short drop earrings. Large hoop earrings require a wider case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the case sold with earrings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the case is sold separately, without jewelry. It is ready for the pair you wish to give or store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix colors: green, black, white, gray, blue, and brown. The velvet interior varies depending on the color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a stand or in a display window?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, several open cases placed side by side create an earring display. When closed, they protect the pairs during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects cases, boxes, and displays for gifting and showcasing jewelry. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and present a pair in a beautiful case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEarring case technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e earring case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlots:\u003c\/strong\u003e slotted cushion for one pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, black, white, gray, blue, brown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52364358746424,"sku":"14:175#Green;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364358779192,"sku":"14:193#Black;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52364358811960,"sku":"14:29#White;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364358844728,"sku":"14:691#Gray;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364358877496,"sku":"14:173#Blue;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364358910264,"sku":"14:350850#Golden;5:200004763#Earring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Hd7bcdc8e3d7a4d09b716ad2a6325a46al.jpg?v=1778164710"},{"product_id":"presentoir-cone-bague-noir","title":"Matte Black Ring and Pendant Case, Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMatte black box for a ring or pendant: a simple and elegant presentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ematte black box\u003c\/strong\u003e with its simple appearance protects a \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e in a \u003cstrong\u003eblack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e. Three versions are available: \u003cstrong\u003ering with square interior\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ering with round interior\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003ependant with chain\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can be given as a gift, stored in a drawer, or displayed on a jewelry counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this matte black box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTimeless matte black:\u003c\/strong\u003e it complements all metals—gold, silver, rose gold—and all gemstones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cushion prevents rubbing and makes the jewelry stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e square or round interior for a ring, chain cushion for a pendant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift-ready format:\u003c\/strong\u003e it can be presented closed, with the jewelry already in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlack ring box: square or round interior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e versions differ by the shape of the cushion: a \u003cstrong\u003esquare interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that holds the band flat or upright, or a \u003cstrong\u003eround interior\u003c\/strong\u003e, a velvet disc on which the ring rests like on a small pedestal. The former is suitable for wedding rings and simple rings, while the latter showcases a solitaire or a set ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlack box for pendant and chain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e version is flatter: a velvet cushion holds the chain laid out and the pendant in the center. It is a box suitable for a delicate necklace or a pendant given as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMatte black box: gift, counter or drawer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen given as a gift, the box closes over the jewelry and can be presented as is. On a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry counter\u003c\/strong\u003e, several black boxes lined up create a uniform presentation. At home, a matte black box stores a precious piece of jewelry in a dresser drawer or suitcase, protecting it from impacts and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the matte black box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a dry cloth. Dust the velvet with a soft brush, without water. When stored closed, the box protects the jewelry from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the matte black box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the square interior and the round interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe shape of the cushion: square to hold the band, round to place it on a pedestal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a necklace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pendant version holds a chain and its pendant, laid out on the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its simple matte black finish is suitable for a jewelry counter or display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry cloth for the exterior, soft brush for the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box to choose for a wedding ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe square interior, which holds the band, is well suited to a wedding ring. The round interior showcases a set ring more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this black box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach version is described exactly as it is: cushion shape and type of jewelry. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies. Individuals and professionals will find a simple box, ready to gift or present, which is easy to store in sets of three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the version suited to your jewelry and give it in a matte black box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring or pendant box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matte black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring with square interior, ring with round interior, pendant with chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dry cloth and soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring, square interior","offer_id":52364359008568,"sku":"14:29#Square interior","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ring, round interior","offer_id":52364359041336,"sku":"14:193#Round interior","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant with chain","offer_id":52364359074104,"sku":"14:175#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H12df57e0c7b14f7c8a70b22f66fe2fa0r_fdfd806a-5895-4efc-8080-7ab403477662.jpg?v=1778164721"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-design","title":"LED Ring Box with Mirror and Dried Flowers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED Ring Box with Mirror and Dried Flowers for a Marriage Proposal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eLED ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e features a mirror in the lid, a bed of dried flowers, and a velvet interior that holds two rings side by side. Its romantic design makes it an ideal engagement ring box for a memorable moment, as well as a beautiful display for a wedding shop or jewelry store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting built into the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the LED version highlights the stone as soon as it is opened, while the non-LED version uses the same box with a more understated look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: the ring is reflected from two angles, revealing the volume of the solitaire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative dried flowers\u003c\/strong\u003e: roses and hydrangeas in the soft shade of the velvet create a botanical setting around the rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: two rolls hold the rings in place without scratching them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBordeaux red exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: box with cut corners and a silver-colored metal plate on the front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions to choose from\u003c\/strong\u003e: with LED for a showcase effect, or without LED for a more discreet box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Ring Box: a showcase effect with every opening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the lid is raised, the \u003cstrong\u003eLED in the lid\u003c\/strong\u003e illuminates the rings, and the mirror reflects their sparkle. This is the ideal effect for a marriage proposal or a ring presentation. For a luxury ring box, the LED version makes the most impression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDried Flowers and Velvet: a Romantic Presentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bottom of the box is filled with \u003cstrong\u003edried flowers\u003c\/strong\u003e (roses, hydrangeas, green moss) in shades of pink and ivory. They give this velvet ring box the appearance of a miniature garden. Their arrangement varies slightly from one box to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Rings Fit in This Wedding Ring Box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds two \u003cstrong\u003eengagement rings, solitaires, or wedding bands\u003c\/strong\u003e on the velvet rolls. It can be used to carry the engagement ring during the ceremony, for a photo of the wedding rings, or in a wedding shop window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Ring Box: for Shops, Ceremonies, and Homes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a jewelry store, the \u003cstrong\u003eLED ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e makes an attractive display piece on the counter. At a ceremony, the ring bearer presents it open. At home, this ring box keeps two precious rings safe from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the Box and Dried Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e and dust the velvet with a soft brush. Dried flowers are sensitive to moisture, bright light, and sprayed perfumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions: LED Ring Box with Mirror and Dried Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box come with the LED?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo versions are available: with or without LED. Choose your preferred version from the list of options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings fit in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds two rings side by side on the velvet rolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the flowers in the box real?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are delicate dried flowers: keep them away from moisture and bright light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for a ceremony?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, this is one of its main uses: the ring bearer holds the box open, while the mirror and LED highlight the rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder the LED Ring Box with Mirror and Dried Flowers from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt Présentoirs à Bijoux, each box is described based on what is shown in its photos: color, decoration, and number of rings. You will know exactly what you are receiving, whether it is a wedding gift or a display piece for your shop window. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your wedding rings a luminous, romantic box, with or without LED.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications: LED Ring Box with Mirror and Dried Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring box with mirror\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry displayed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two rings (wedding bands, solitaire, engagement ring)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bordeaux red finish, silver-colored metal plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory velvet, ring rolls\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dried flowers, green moss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mirror in the lid, LED lighting depending on the version\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft dry cloth, soft brush for the velvet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"With LED","offer_id":52364359106872,"sku":"14:29#With LED style","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without LED","offer_id":52364359139640,"sku":"14:10#Without LED style","price":59.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H4fe6b5c7e3d5412585b216eb0a2d1be0V.jpg?v=1778164728"},{"product_id":"presentoir-cone-bague-bois-velours","title":"Oval Walnut Wood Ring Box for Two Rings","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWalnut wood wedding ring box: an oval case for two rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewalnut wood wedding ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small \u003cstrong\u003eoval\u003c\/strong\u003e case with a rounded lid. The dark-grained wood surrounds a \u003cstrong\u003enatural canvas\u003c\/strong\u003e lining that holds \u003cstrong\u003etwo rings\u003c\/strong\u003e side by side. It serves as a \u003cstrong\u003ewedding ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a wedding, secular ceremony, engagement, or anniversary, and also works in a jewelry display window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this walnut wedding ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm walnut wood:\u003c\/strong\u003e the natural grain makes each box slightly different.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rings in one box:\u003c\/strong\u003e the lining holds two wedding rings or a wedding ring and an engagement ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA natural, rustic style:\u003c\/strong\u003e the contrast between the walnut and canvas is perfect for a rustic or bohemian wedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA compact size:\u003c\/strong\u003e the oval shape fits in the hand and slips into a pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA wedding ring box for the wedding ceremony\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ewedding box\u003c\/strong\u003e can be placed on a cushion, tray, or stool, or held by the best man. The lid opens to reveal \u003cstrong\u003etwo wedding rings\u003c\/strong\u003e presented side by side. It is also an original \u003cstrong\u003eengagement box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a marriage proposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWooden ring box for jewelry display windows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a store, the \u003cstrong\u003ewooden ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e accompanies the presentation of a pair of wedding rings. Its dark wood stands out on a light-colored counter and highlights gold, silver, or platinum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and care for the walnut box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure is made of \u003cstrong\u003ewalnut wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003enatural canvas\u003c\/strong\u003e interior lining. Wipe the wood with a dry cloth; avoid water, household cleaners, and direct heat sources. Stored in a dry place, the box retains its color and feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wooden ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can the box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo: wedding rings, or a wedding ring and an engagement ring, side by side in the lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lining made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA natural canvas with a jute-like appearance that holds the rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a wedding ceremony?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for presenting wedding rings: a discreet and warm oval box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you care for walnut wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a dry cloth, away from moisture and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a display window?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its oval shape and dark wood stand out well on a counter, tray, or presentation cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe describe the box exactly as it is: walnut wood, natural lining, two rings. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies. Individuals and professionals alike will find a simple box, ready to use for a ceremony, in-store sales, or storing two wedding rings at home. As walnut wood is a natural material, the color and grain vary slightly from one box to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd this walnut box to your ceremony or display window.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut wood, natural canvas lining\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oval\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wedding, engagement, display window\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dry cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Walnut, natural canvas interior","offer_id":52364359205176,"sku":"PB-BOIS-2ALL-001","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H087c338fa68940568a8fd8a0ef60b387R.jpg?v=1778164738"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bracelet-rose","title":"Square Faux Leather and Velvet Bracelet Box, 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSquare faux leather and velvet bracelet box: a compact case for gifting and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a square box with a lid, with a \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003equilted velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e, which protects a bracelet, bangle, or cuff. Four colors: \u003cstrong\u003eblue\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003egrey\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003echampagne\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact size makes it an ideal \u003cstrong\u003egift box\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003etravel case\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as a display piece for a shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this bracelet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA quilted velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bracelet is securely held and protected from shocks and scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA faux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rigid, smooth coating that is easy to wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: blue, red, grey, and champagne, to suit the occasion or the jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA compact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box fits easily into a bag, suitcase, or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-to-gift bracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the bracelet is presented just like in a jewelry store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA bracelet box for gifting, traveling, or displaying\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a gift, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e avoids makeshift packaging: simply open the lid and the bracelet appears, securely held on its cushion. When traveling, it protects a rigid or chain bangle and keeps it separate from other jewelry. In a shop window, it can be displayed open to showcase the piece. The understated colors suit both gold bracelets and gemstone bracelets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four colors of the square bracelet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e: a bright lavender blue, for gifting or presenting silver bracelets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e: a deep burgundy red, a classic choice for a gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey\u003c\/strong\u003e: a medium grey, understated and versatile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChampagne\u003c\/strong\u003e: a golden beige with a light-colored interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is square, with a lid that opens on a hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the faux leather and velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dust the velvet interior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft brush\u003c\/strong\u003e. Store the box closed, away from moisture and sunlight, to preserve its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the square bracelet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of bracelet can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA bangle, rigid bracelet, cuff, or chain: the box holds one bracelet at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is presented like a jewelry box, with a rigid lid and quilted interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be taken on a trip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its compact size allows it to fit easily into a bag or suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed and blue for a striking gift, grey for discreet use, and champagne for a light-colored box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this bracelet box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry, from travel cases to shop window displays. This square box meets a simple need: to protect a bracelet and showcase it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and gift or store your bracelets in an elegant box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e square bracelet box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e quilted velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e blue, red, grey, champagne\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e gifting, travel, shop window display\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, dry cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52364359270712,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364359303480,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364359336248,"sku":"14:691#Gray","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne","offer_id":52364359369016,"sku":"14:350850#Gold","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H0a0123b2ec2c49dfb257017b879d4b3a1.jpg?v=1778164740"},{"product_id":"presentoir-boucle-doreille-forme-t-acrylique","title":"Velvet Ring or Necklace Box with LED, 6 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRing or necklace case with LED: illuminated velvet jewelry box in 6 colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ering case with LED\u003c\/strong\u003e opens to reveal a small light that illuminates the jewelry, like a jewelry store display. It is available in two sizes, \u003cstrong\u003ering case\u003c\/strong\u003e (small square box) and \u003cstrong\u003enecklace case\u003c\/strong\u003e (taller box for a pendant and its chain), in six colors: red, cyan blue, navy blue, sky blue, green, and pink. A presentation designed for a marriage proposal, an anniversary, or a jeweler's counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this illuminated jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in LED\u003c\/strong\u003e: the light illuminates the jewelry when the lid is opened and makes the stones and metal shine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: the ring case holds a solitaire or a wedding ring, the necklace case holds a pendant with its chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix bold colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: red, cyan blue, navy blue, sky blue, green, and pink, with a gold trim on the edge of the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects the metal and stones from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA gift case ready to give\u003c\/strong\u003e: when closed, it looks like a jewelry box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGive or sell a piece of jewelry in a velvet case with light\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, the illuminated case showcases the ring as soon as it is opened. For an \u003cstrong\u003eanniversary\u003c\/strong\u003e or a party, it adds dimension to a pendant or a delicate necklace. In a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is a sales case that enhances the piece at the moment of gifting. The two sizes complement each other: the ring in the small one, the necklace in the large one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the velvet LED jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lid box with built-in \u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, smooth matte exterior, and \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior. One piece of jewelry per case. Choose the size in the \"Case for\" option: \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003enecklace\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the color in the \"Color\" option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the LED ring case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth and dust the velvet with a soft brush. Close the lid after each use: the light turns off and the interior stays clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about this jewelry case with LED\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the light turn on by itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the light turns on when the lid is opened and off when it is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring model, which is smaller and square, is designed for a ring or a wedding ring; the necklace model is suitable for pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces of jewelry can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne piece of jewelry per case: it is a presentation and gift case, not a storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in a store display window?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, when open, it presents the ring or pendant illuminated on a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your LED case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer cases, boxes, and displays for both individuals and professionals. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your next piece of jewelry in a velvet case that lights up when opened.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry case with LED\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring case, necklace case\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e red, cyan blue, navy blue, sky blue, green, pink\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359434552,"sku":"14:29#Red;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359467320,"sku":"14:29#Red;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan blue \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359500088,"sku":"14:193#Blue;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan blue \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359532856,"sku":"14:193#Blue;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy blue \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359565624,"sku":"14:175#Navy blue;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy blue \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359598392,"sku":"14:175#Navy blue;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky blue \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359631160,"sku":"14:10#Light blue;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky blue \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359663928,"sku":"14:10#Light blue;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359696696,"sku":"14:691#Green;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359729464,"sku":"14:691#Green;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Ring","offer_id":52364359762232,"sku":"14:173#Pink;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364359795000,"sku":"14:173#Pink;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Hf5a6289a70b94e76b2885b6f33da4c35r.jpg?v=1778164746"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-blanc-compact-bague-collier","title":"Small White Jewelry Box for Ring or Necklace with Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSmall white jewelry box in two sizes: ring or necklace, compact storage for home and travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esmall white jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e protects an engagement ring or a precious necklace in a size that fits anywhere. Its smooth, matte white exterior complements any dressing table, while its soft blue-grey velvet interior highlights the shine of the metal and stones. It is available in two models: \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003enecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5 cm on each side for the ring box, 9 cm for the necklace box: it fits in a bag, suitcase, or drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth white exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the leather-look polyurethane resists dust and everyday bumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it preserves the shine of the jewelry and protects it from scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo models\u003c\/strong\u003e: a ring box with a retaining slot, a necklace box with a flat cushion and tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to use this small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlaced on a dressing table, it showcases the jewelry of the day. Tucked away in a wardrobe or bedside drawer, it keeps it safe from dust. Tucked into a suitcase or bag, it accompanies you on a weekend trip or vacation. Given as a gift, it serves as a box for a birthday, wedding, or engagement. In a display case, the clean white complements a bright presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications of the small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering model\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 x 6.5 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003enecklace model 9 x 9 x 3.6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The exterior is made of white leather-look polyurethane with a smooth, matte finish. The interior is made of soft velvet. Each box closes with a hinged lid and is sold without jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior layout of the ring box and necklace box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the ring model, the ring slides into a slot in the cushion, stone facing up. In the necklace model, the pendant rests flat on the bottom and the chain folds into a circle, with a retaining tab holding the jewelry in place. Each model holds only one piece of jewelry at a time, which prevents pieces from rubbing against each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it immediately. Brush the velvet with a soft brush. Keep the box away from dust and rubbing against colored objects, which could mark the white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring model measures 6.5 x 6.5 x 5.5 cm, the necklace model 9 x 9 x 3.6 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich model to choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring model, whose retaining slot holds the ring with the stone facing up. It is the most common size for a marriage proposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the necklace box fit a long chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for a pendant on a chain of standard length, folded into a circle. A very long chain requires a longer box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jewelry included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold alone. The jewelry shown in the images is for staging purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this small white box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes for individuals and professionals: gifts, storage, display cases. Discover our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux-voyage\"\u003etravel jewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e as well. Returns within 14 days, 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your ring or necklace a simple, compact white box: choose your model and add it to your cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet: the small white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing model dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 x 6.5 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace model dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 x 9 x 3.6 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leather-look polyurethane, matte white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gift, travel, dressing table, display case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring","offer_id":52364359860536,"sku":"14:29#Ring box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace","offer_id":52364359893304,"sku":"14:771#Pendant box","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H2d66f324530f4011bf753cfcd09d5362z.jpg?v=1778164759"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-luxe-coffret-bague-collier","title":"Luxury Jewelry Box for Ring or Necklace, 5 Colors, Gold Button","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLuxury jewelry box in five colors for a ring or necklace, with a gold button\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a leather-look polyurethane exterior with a soft velvet padded interior. It is available in five colors: white, green, red, champagne, and brown, and in two models: \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003enecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact size fits easily into a bag or suitcase, while its gold button gives it the look of a fine jewelry box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: white, green, red, champagne, or brown, with gold piping on the champagne and brown versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold button\u003c\/strong\u003e: a refined detail on the front of the lid, reminiscent of fine jewelry boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5 cm on each side for the ring box, 7.5 cm for the necklace box: it stores easily anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft velvet hugs the jewelry and protects it from scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere to use this luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a dressing table, it showcases the ring of the moment. In a jewelry case, it accompanies sales at trade shows or home visits. In a suitcase or bag, it protects jewelry during travel. In a shop window, five colors side by side catch the eye. Finally, it serves as a gift box for a birthday, wedding, or professional event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications of the luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering model\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003enecklace model 7.5 x 7.5 x 6.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The exterior is made of leather-look polyurethane, with a padded velvet interior. The lid closes with a gold button. The five available colors are white, green, red, champagne, and brown. The box is sold without jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterior layout of the ring box and necklace box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ring model holds a ring in the slot of the cushion, stone facing up. The necklace model features a pendant on a flat cushion with a tab, with the chain laid out around it. Each box holds a single piece of jewelry, protected from other items in the jewelry box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft cloth, slightly damp if necessary, then dry it. Brush the velvet with a soft brush. Avoid prolonged contact between the white box and dyed fabrics, which may bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring box measures 6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 cm, and the necklace box measures 7.5 x 7.5 x 6.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive colors: white, green, red, champagne, and brown. Both models, ring and necklace, are available in each color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the ring box and the necklace box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe former has a slot that holds the ring, while the latter has a flat cushion with a tab for a pendant on its chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a shop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is ideal for both window display and gift packaging for sold jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this luxury box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux caters to both individuals and professionals: gifts, storage, and window displays. Discover our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/coffret-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry cases\u003c\/a\u003e as well. Returns within 14 days, 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and model, then give your jewelry a luxury box: add it to your cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications: the luxury jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing model dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace model dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 x 7.5 x 6.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leather-look polyurethane\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Padded velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, green, red, champagne, brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lid with gold button\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White \/ Ring","offer_id":52364360024376,"sku":"14:1052#white color;5:200004763#ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364360057144,"sku":"14:1052#white color;5:200004182#necklace box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Ring","offer_id":52364360089912,"sku":"14:175#green color;5:200004763#ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364360122680,"sku":"14:175#green color;5:200004182#necklace box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Ring","offer_id":52364360155448,"sku":"14:10#red color;5:200004763#ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364360188216,"sku":"14:10#red color;5:200004182#necklace box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne \/ Ring","offer_id":52364360220984,"sku":"14:173#Champagne gold;5:200004763#ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364360253752,"sku":"14:173#Champagne gold;5:200004182#necklace box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee \/ Ring","offer_id":52364360286520,"sku":"14:350852#coffee color;5:200004763#ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee \/ Necklace","offer_id":52364360319288,"sku":"14:350852#coffee color;5:200004182#necklace box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H0f87e851f52d4eeaaeaec7b8de025cb7E.jpg?v=1778164789"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-collier-compact-voyage","title":"Gray Faux Leather Jewelry Box for Ring or Pendant","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGrey faux leather jewelry box: a ring or pendant presented like fine jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis grey faux leather \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a ring or pendant in a \u003cstrong\u003e7.5 x 7.5 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e format. The anthracite grey velvet lining showcases the piece as soon as it is opened, and the gold button on the clasp gives it a fine jewelry look. It is the ideal jewelry box for gifting an engagement ring or pendant, or storing a precious piece separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this faux leather jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo versions\u003c\/strong\u003e: a ring box with a split cushion, or a pendant box with a presentation plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: measuring 7.5 cm on each side, it fits in a pocket, handbag, or drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects gold, silver, and stones from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrofiber faux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a smooth surface with rounded corners that feels pleasant to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a refined presentation for a marriage proposal, birthday, or Mother's Day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA luxury jewelry box for gifting, presenting, or storing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal, the ring box opens wide: the ring stands upright in the cushion slit and catches the light. For a gift, the pendant box displays the chain on a velvet-lined plate, with the pendant perfectly centered. At home, this velvet jewelry box keeps the piece you only wear for special occasions separate, on a dressing table or in a drawer. In a shop or on a counter, it also serves as a presentation box for a centerpiece in a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and dimensions of the 7.5 cm grey box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in light grey \u003cstrong\u003emicrofiber polyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003egrey velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The domed lid pivots on a hinge and closes with a small gold button. The box measures \u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e5.5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRing or pendant: the layout of the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring version features a split cushion that holds the ring upright, stone facing up. The pendant version is equipped with a fold-down plate: the chain passes behind, and the pendant rests flat on the velvet in front. Each box holds \u003cstrong\u003ea single piece of jewelry\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing any rubbing between two pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your faux leather and velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dust the velvet with a soft brush or microfiber cloth. Avoid water and household cleaning products, and store the box away from direct sunlight to preserve its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the ring and pendant jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 7.5 x 7.5 x 5.5 cm. It is a small jewelry box that fits in a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the ring version holds the ring upright in a velvet cushion. The ring is displayed as soon as the lid is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a necklace be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pendant version holds a fine chain and its pendant. A bulky necklace will require a larger box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean a velvet jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRun a soft brush over the velvet to remove dust. The exterior can be cleaned with a dry cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays to showcase jewelry at home or in a shop. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose the ring or pendant version and give your gift the box it deserves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the grey jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e microfiber polyurethane, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e light grey, grey interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 x 7.5 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid, gold button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e one piece of jewelry\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Pendant case","offer_id":52364360384824,"sku":"14:193#Red and White","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ring box","offer_id":52364360417592,"sku":"14:10#Blue and White","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H51144f78be714ddbb5d52fd860a32958z.jpg?v=1778164792"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-voyage-parure-compact","title":"Slate Grey Velvet Jewelry Case by Jewelry Type","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSlate grey jewelry box with cream velvet interior: a size for every piece of jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e according to the piece you want to gift or protect: a ring, a pendant, a long chain, or a bracelet. Its slate grey shell opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003ecream velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that showcases the jewelry, perfect for a gift, a designer display, or storing a precious piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this slate grey jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes to choose from\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box, pendant box, long chain box, and bracelet box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the cream lining protects the piece from scratches and makes gold and silver stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone button\u003c\/strong\u003e: a small gold-tone button on the front marks the opening of the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box retains its shape and protects the jewelry in a drawer or bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a neat presentation, ready to gift without additional packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA gift box for gifting, displaying, or storing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal, birthday, or Mother's Day, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the present the look of a piece from a jewelry store. Designers and boutiques use it as a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to present a piece in a display case or hand it to a customer. At home, it keeps an engagement ring or delicate chain safe in a dresser drawer. Its compact size also fits easily into a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFaux leather and velvet jewelry box material\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in smooth slate grey \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with a satin finish and rounded corners. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003ecream velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e in both the lid and the base. The front button is gold-tone. The four sizes share the same finish and form a matching range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions of the four jewelry box sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box measures \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 x 6 x 6.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and holds the ring in a velvet slot. The pendant box measures \u003cstrong\u003e5 x 7 x 7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: the pendant hangs from a tab and the chain rests on the cushion. The long chain box measures \u003cstrong\u003e3.5 x 22 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and displays a chain or delicate bracelet flat. The bracelet box measures \u003cstrong\u003e5 x 9 x 9 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and holds a bangle around its cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth without using solvents. Keep the box out of direct sunlight to preserve its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the slate grey jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring size, with its velvet slot, is designed for a single ring. It opens toward the person for a neat presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a bracelet in the long box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the long box holds a chain or delicate bracelet flat. For a bangle or rigid bracelet, choose the bracelet size and its cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box sold empty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the box is sold alone, without jewelry. It awaits the piece you want to gift or store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several matching sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the four sizes have the same finish. They form a cohesive set for a jewelry collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays for gifting and showcasing jewelry. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose the size that suits your jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the slate grey jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather, cream velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant, long chain, bracelet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e slate grey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring","offer_id":52364360483128,"sku":"14:29#Blue ring box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant","offer_id":52364360515896,"sku":"14:193#Blue Pendant box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long chain","offer_id":52364360548664,"sku":"14:10#Blue Necklace box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet","offer_id":52364360581432,"sku":"14:175#Blue Bracelet box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H8eb3dfaf07394a4ebce532546739d470b.jpg?v=1778164800"},{"product_id":"presentoir-cone-bague-blanc","title":"Compact Velvet Ring Box 5 x 5 cm, 11 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCompact velvet ring box: 11 colors for wedding and engagement rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003evelvet ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in a small square format measuring \u003cstrong\u003e5 x 5 x 4.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its exterior and interior are made of soft velvet, and a cushion holds the ring in place. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003e11 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e for a wedding ring, engagement ring, or everyday ring, whether you are giving it as a gift, storing it, or presenting it in a shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEleven colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, pink, red, burgundy, navy blue, royal blue, purple, brown, cream, gray, and turquoise, to match the ring or the occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket-sized:\u003c\/strong\u003e measuring 5 x 5 x 4.5 cm, it slips easily into a bag, drawer, or display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet that protects:\u003c\/strong\u003e the inner cushion prevents rubbing and scratches on the ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor one ring:\u003c\/strong\u003e a wedding ring, solitaire, or engagement ring per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA velvet box for giving a ring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebirthday\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003eparty\u003c\/strong\u003e, the box can be closed and then opened to reveal the ring. The \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a soft touch, and the square shape with rounded corners evokes jewelry boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRing box for display cases or shops\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessionals use it to \u003cstrong\u003edisplay rings\u003c\/strong\u003e on a counter or hand them to customers. The colors can be mixed and matched: a black box for classic rings, a pink or cream box for delicate designs, or a red or burgundy box for a Valentine's Day collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the color of your ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003egray\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e are understated and suit any metal. \u003cstrong\u003eBurgundy\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ered\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003epurple\u003c\/strong\u003e add warmth, while \u003cstrong\u003epink\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecream\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eturquoise\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eblues\u003c\/strong\u003e offer a lighter style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA gentle brushing is enough to remove dust. Avoid water: velvet is best preserved when kept dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 5 x 5 x 4.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne ring, held in place by the bottom cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack, pink, red, burgundy, navy blue, royal blue, purple, brown, cream, gray, and turquoise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a soft, dry brush; velvet is not water-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be given as a gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be closed with the ring in place, and its compact size fits in a pouch or bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach color is described as it appears on screen, so your box matches your choice. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies. Individuals and professionals alike will find a simple box, ready to use for a gift, in-store sale, or storing a precious ring at home. The 11 colors allow you to match several boxes together, for example, a series of differently colored rings on the same counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your color and present your ring in a velvet box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x 5 x 4.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft brush, dry cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364360646968,"sku":"14:29#Black","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364360679736,"sku":"14:193#Pink","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364360712504,"sku":"14:175#Red","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bordeaux","offer_id":52364360745272,"sku":"14:10#Dark Red","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight blue","offer_id":52364360778040,"sku":"14:691#Dark Blue","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal blue","offer_id":52364360810808,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":52364360843576,"sku":"14:366#Purple","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52364360876344,"sku":"14:1052#Coffee","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream","offer_id":52364360909112,"sku":"14:496#Biger","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52364360941880,"sku":"14:350853#Grey","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turquoise","offer_id":52364360974648,"sku":"14:350850#Light Blue","price":19.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H6c5e6288eabd40d0895e0aeff980e58dU.jpg?v=1778164810"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-femme","title":"Ring and Necklace Case in Anthracite Grey Faux Leather","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAnthracite grey ring and necklace box, two sizes to choose from\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in two sizes: the small 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm size holds a ring, while the large 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm size holds a necklace with its pendant. Its anthracite grey exterior, grey velvet interior and small gold clasp make it a sleek box for gifting, travelling or presenting a piece of jewellery in a shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm ring box or 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm necklace box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the slotted cushion holds the ring, while the flat insert holds the chain and pendant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnthracite grey exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: textured coating with rounded corners, discreet and elegant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: small metal button on the front to keep the box securely closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box fits into a handbag, suitcase or jacket pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e: the raised lid showcases the jewellery, ready to give as is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAnthracite grey ring box: the small 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering size\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm. A ring is inserted into the slot of the grey velvet cushion and is presented slightly tilted, like in a jewellery shop. It is the ideal ring box for an engagement ring, solitaire or wedding band to give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAnthracite grey necklace box: the large 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003enecklace size\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm. The flat base holds a fine chain and its pendant, which rest on the velvet without twisting. It is suitable for short necklaces, pendants and small jewellery sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial: textured coating and grey velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eexterior\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polyurethane-type microfibre coating, with a fine and matte grain, which resists the minor bumps of everyday life. The velvet interior protects the jewellery from scratches. Both versions share the same gold clasp and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA ring box for men or women, in a shop or on a trip\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts neutral colour is suitable for both a \u003cstrong\u003emen's ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e and a box for a woman. In jewellery shops and designer boutiques, it is used to present a piece of jewellery for trying on. When travelling, it keeps a ring or necklace safe from rubbing at the bottom of a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the grey velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the velvet, a pass with a soft brush removes dust. Store the box closed, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions: Anthracite Grey Faux Leather Ring and Necklace Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size to choose for a ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake the 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm ring size: it is designed for a single ring, placed in the slot of the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the large box made for a necklace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm size holds a short necklace or a chain with a pendant laid flat on the velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exterior is anthracite grey and the interior is lighter grey velvet, with a small gold clasp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box close securely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA small gold metal clasp is placed on the front of the box to keep it closed during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the box be slipped into a suitcase or bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its compact dimensions make it a practical travel box, to slip into a handbag or luggage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder the Anthracite Grey Faux Leather Ring and Necklace Box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes its boxes with their true dimensions and true colours, so that the box received matches the one you chose. Returns are still possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the size that suits your jewellery and give it in an anthracite grey box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet: Anthracite Grey Faux Leather Ring and Necklace Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring or necklace box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing box dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace box dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite grey polyurethane microfibre\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold metal clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"For Ring 8 x 8 x 5.5 cm","offer_id":52364361105720,"sku":"14:29#Dark green;5:200004763#Ring box","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For Necklace 12 x 12 x 5.5 cm","offer_id":52364361138488,"sku":"14:29#Dark green;5:200004763#Ring box-2","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H59bdc5d0b05e4e8fbb1ebdca65e1387bR.jpg?v=1778164825"},{"product_id":"boite-bague-velours-bleu-rouge-cadeau","title":"Navy Blue Ring Box with Red Interior and Bow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eNavy blue ring box with red interior: the gift box that makes the moment memorable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e relies on contrast: a navy blue exterior with fine ribbing, a border, and a \u003cstrong\u003ered velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e interior, closed with a raised bow. It is perfect for a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, engagement, or anniversary, and measures \u003cstrong\u003e6 x 6 x 5.6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: compact enough for a pocket, yet elegant enough to place on a table when presenting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue and red contrast\u003c\/strong\u003e: the opening creates an immediate surprise effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised bow\u003c\/strong\u003e: it evokes gift wrapping, without the need for paper or ribbon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the ring rests on a red velvet cushion that protects it from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: the polyurethane exterior withstands minor bumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions 6 x 6 x 5.6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: a ring box that is easy to slip into a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRing box for a marriage proposal: a ready-made presentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid lifts to reveal an intense red interior, with the ring placed in the center. The box is suitable as a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal box\u003c\/strong\u003e, an \u003cstrong\u003eengagement box\u003c\/strong\u003e, or a gift box for an anniversary ring. The bow serves as a ribbon: the box is ready to gift as soon as it is taken out of your pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the navy blue and red velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of \u003cstrong\u003epolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e, a durable synthetic material that mimics the grain of fine leather, with fine diagonal ribbing. The interior is made of dense \u003cstrong\u003ered velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The rear hinge keeps the lid open while placing the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity of the 6 x 6 x 5.6 cm ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box holds \u003cstrong\u003eone ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, secured in the slot of the cushion. It accommodates a set engagement ring, a wedding band, or a delicate ring; a very large ring may require a larger box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the polyurethane and velvet ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a slightly damp \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the velvet, light brushing with a soft brush removes dust without flattening it. Store the box closed, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this ring box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 6 x 6 x 5.6 cm and fits in a jacket pocket or small bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is one of its natural uses: the blue and red contrast and the bow give it the appearance of a gift box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne, placed in the slot of the red velvet cushion. For two wedding bands, choose a double box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the exterior made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolyurethane, a rigid synthetic material with fine ribbing. The interior is lined with red velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this blue ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur shop is dedicated to boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches, and each product page provides the actual dimensions and materials. You have 14 days to return items, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePresent the ring in a box that is already part of the gift.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Navy blue polyurethane with fine ribbing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raised bow\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 6 x 5.6 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Blue and Red","offer_id":52364361204024,"sku":"ECRIN-BR-BLEU-ROUGE","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Hc20d24174dfb4c3fb66979fafb4c0d48M.jpg?v=1778164832"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-fermoir-dore-luxe","title":"Double-Door Jewelry Box with Gold, Blue, or White Clasp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eJewelry box with double doors and gold-tone clasp: a jewelry-store-style opening for a pendant, ring, or bracelet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e opens like a cabinet: its two doors fold down on either side to reveal the jewelry resting on a velvet cushion. A \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps them closed. Available in \u003cstrong\u003emidnight blue\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ewhite\u003c\/strong\u003e, in pendant, ring, or bracelet versions, it measures \u003cstrong\u003e9.9 x 9.9 x 7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and transforms every gift into a jewelry-store experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this luxury double-door jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-panel opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the jewelry appears in the center, framed by the two doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a shiny metal latch keeps the box closed and adds to its elegant look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the soft lining protects the piece from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a stitched finish that resists everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: ideal for a marriage proposal, birthday, or Mother's Day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box for gifting, displaying, or keeping close at hand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal or birthday, the box can be presented closed, then its doors open to reveal the ring or necklace: a beautiful surprise effect. On a dressing table or bedside table, it keeps the most precious piece of the jewelry set safe. In a store, it serves as a display box for a centerpiece in a shop window. Its compact size also slips into a bag for travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and dimensions of the 9.9 cm jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of polyurethane, accented with stitching along the doors. The interior is lined with velvet: anthracite gray and white in the blue box, midnight blue in the white box. The clasp is made of gold-tone metal. The box measures \u003cstrong\u003e9.9 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e9.9 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e7 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePendant, ring, or bracelet: the box layout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pendant version features the necklace on a velvet cushion, with the chain laid out and the pendant centered. The ring version holds the band in a slot, stone facing up. The bracelet version features a standing velvet panel on which the jewelry is displayed vertically. Each box holds a single piece of jewelry, preventing it from rubbing against another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your velvet and polyurethane jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the exterior dry with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. For the white box, avoid contact with makeup-covered or damp hands to preserve its pristine color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry box with gold-tone clasp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 9.9 x 9.9 x 7 cm. It is a compact box that fits in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this jewelry box open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLift the gold-tone clasp, then the two doors fold down on either side. The jewelry appears in the center, on its velvet cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich version should I choose for a necklace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the pendant version: the necklace rests on a cushion, with the chain laid out. The bracelet version, with its standing panel, also displays a chain vertically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a white jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe it with a soft, dry cloth, without using any products. Store it away from dust and sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together jewelry boxes, cases, and displays designed to showcase jewelry, whether for gifting or selling. You benefit from 14-day returns and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose your color and version, and give your jewelry the golden touch of luxury.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the double-door jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e double-door jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e pendant, ring, bracelet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e midnight blue, white\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e polyurethane, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.9 x 9.9 x 7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone metal clasp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Midnight blue \/ Pendant case","offer_id":52364361236792,"sku":"14:173#Blue;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight blue \/ Ring box","offer_id":52364361269560,"sku":"14:173#Blue;5:200004763#Ring box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight blue \/ Bracelet case","offer_id":52364361302328,"sku":"14:173#Blue;5:200004183#Bracelet box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pendant case","offer_id":52364361335096,"sku":"14:29#White;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Ring box","offer_id":52364361367864,"sku":"14:29#White;5:200004763#Ring box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Bracelet case","offer_id":52364361400632,"sku":"14:29#White;5:200004183#Bracelet box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H73b64e494c494b64856822dab758edafK.jpg?v=1778164842"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-compact-cadeau-voyage-protection","title":"Black Jewelry Box with Beige Velvet Interior, 5 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack jewelry box with beige interior: five sizes for rings, bangles, pendants and necklaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in black faux leather features a ring, bangle, pendant or necklace on a soft beige lining that makes gold, silver and stones stand out. Each size is tailored to a specific piece of jewelry, from the small ring box to the long necklace box. It is a sober and elegant jewelry box, just as suitable for gifting as for storing a precious piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this black and beige jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box, bangle box, pendant box, large pendant box and long necklace box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack and beige contrast\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dark exterior and light interior place the jewelry at the center of attention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the beige velvet lining protects metals and stones from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: the jewelry remains protected from impacts in a drawer or in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry box for gifts\u003c\/strong\u003e: a jewelry presentation for a marriage proposal, a birthday or a baptism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA luxury jewelry box at home, as a gift or in a display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a gift, the box opens wide and the jewelry immediately appears on its beige background. At home, it keeps the engagement ring, the heirloom bangle or the Sunday pendant separate, placed on a dressing table or in a drawer. In a jewelry store, at a designer market or a trade show, a series of identical black boxes creates a harmonious display where each piece has its place. It is a jewelry presentation box as much as a storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and finish of the black faux leather box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in \u003cstrong\u003eblack polyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e with a slightly satin finish. The interior is lined with \u003cstrong\u003ebeige velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e that does not scratch the jewelry. The lid pivots on a hinge and stays open for presentation. The corners are sharp, the lines straight, for a classic style that suits all jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich jewelry box size for which piece of jewelry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds the ring upright in a split cushion. The \u003cstrong\u003ebangle box\u003c\/strong\u003e is equipped with a round support that holds the rigid bracelet. The \u003cstrong\u003ependant box\u003c\/strong\u003e features a fine chain and its pendant on a plate, and the \u003cstrong\u003elarge pendant box\u003c\/strong\u003e accommodates a larger pendant or a set. The \u003cstrong\u003elong necklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e holds a chain or a flexible bracelet laid flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e, without household products. Dust the beige velvet with a soft brush. Store your jewelry clean and dry in the box, with the lid closed, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the black and beige jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box to choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the ring box: the ring stands upright, stone facing up. The black and beige contrast highlights it as soon as it is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two pendant boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe large pendant box offers more surface for a wide pendant or a thick chain. The standard model is suitable for a fine chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you gift a bracelet in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the bangle box holds a rigid bracelet and the long box accommodates a flexible bracelet laid flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to clean a jewelry box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry cloth is enough for the exterior. The interior is dusted with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases and displays to present jewelry with care, at home or in a store. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose the size suited to your jewelry and gift it in a box worthy of a jewelry store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the black jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, bangle, pendant, large pendant, long necklace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e polyurethane, beige velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, beige interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e one piece of jewelry per box\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring box","offer_id":52364361466168,"sku":"14:10#Ring Box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bangle case","offer_id":52364361498936,"sku":"14:175#Bracelet Box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant case","offer_id":52364361531704,"sku":"14:29#Pendant Box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long necklace case","offer_id":52364361564472,"sku":"14:691#Necklace Box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large pendant case","offer_id":52364361597240,"sku":"14:193#Big Pendant Box","price":35.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H5b42f978e2e041b4bf6c9404ca8b6b94I.jpg?v=1778164849"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-rond-couronne-luxe","title":"Round Faux Leather Jewelry Box with Gold Crown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound jewelry box with gold crown: ring, pendant or jewelry set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eround jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, covered in matte faux leather and adorned with a small gold crown, presents a ring, pendant or jewelry set as if in a jewelry store. The dark velvet lining makes gold, silver and colored stones stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this round jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box, pendant box or small jewelry set box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised gold crown\u003c\/strong\u003e: a detail that distinguishes the presentation right from the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte faux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft, non-shiny touch, in green or brown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it holds the jewelry in place and protects it from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid flips open and reveals the jewelry in a single motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry gift box for a proposal, birthday or display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal, birthday or holiday, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms the presentation of the jewelry into a special moment. Designers and jewelers use it as a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in a display case or at the checkout. At home, it keeps a precious piece separate, on a dressing table or in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the round faux leather box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is cylindrical, with a leather-look polyurethane exterior and a velvet interior lining. Three sizes are available: \u003cstrong\u003e7.7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Ring model, \u003cstrong\u003e8.8 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Pendant model and \u003cstrong\u003e12.1 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Jewelry model. Two colors are offered: \u003cstrong\u003egreen\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ebrown\u003c\/strong\u003e, each with its gold crown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat each jewelry box model contains\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ring model features a split cushion that holds the ring upright, stone facing up. The Pendant model has a support that holds the pendant clearly visible, with the chain laid around it. The Jewelry model, which is wider, is a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry set box\u003c\/strong\u003e: its compartments hold rings, earrings and a small necklace set together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the faux leather and velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the velvet interior with a small soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the round jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size to choose for an engagement ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Ring model, the smallest, is designed for a single ring. It fits in a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box made of genuine leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the exterior is made of polyurethane faux leather. The interior is lined with velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan several pieces of jewelry be stored in the large model?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the Jewelry model is compartmentalized for a small jewelry set. It holds rings, earrings and a delicate necklace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the crown present on both colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, both the green and brown models feature the gold crown on the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe choose boxes and jewelry cases that showcase jewelry, whether for gifting or selling. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your size and color to present your jewelry in a box worthy of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e round jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e faux leather (polyurethane), velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.7 cm (ring), 8.8 cm (pendant), 12.1 cm (jewelry set)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, brown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Green \/ Ring","offer_id":52364361662776,"sku":"14:175#Green;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364361695544,"sku":"14:175#Green;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Jewelry","offer_id":52364361728312,"sku":"14:175#Green;5:200004183#Small set box","price":35.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Ring","offer_id":52364361761080,"sku":"14:4602#Brown;5:200004763#Ring box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364361793848,"sku":"14:4602#Brown;5:200004182#Pendant box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Jewelry","offer_id":52364361826616,"sku":"14:4602#Brown;5:200004183#Small set box","price":35.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Hfd8a476b1a4e40a9aab59410f2a1e994Z.jpg?v=1778164854"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-mariage","title":"Faux Leather Wedding Ring Box, 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather wedding ring box, four colors to choose from\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis small \u003cstrong\u003ewedding ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e in a 4.7 x 4.7 x 4.7 cm cube format is designed for the ring bearer: it holds the ring in black velvet and closes with a metal clasp on the front. Four colors—red, navy blue, pink, and turquoise—allow it to match the ceremony's decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: red, navy blue, pink, and turquoise to match the wedding theme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.7 x 4.7 x 4.7 cm cube format\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into a suit pocket or a small bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane faux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a fine-grained coating resistant to minor impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dark background makes the wedding ring stand out and protects it from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a silver button on the front keeps the box closed until the right moment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne ring\u003c\/strong\u003e: the cushion holds a wedding ring or an engagement ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWedding ring box: the ring bearer's companion\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small \u003cstrong\u003ewedding ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the ring secure during the ceremony, from the journey to the exchange of rings. Closed with its metal button, it does not open accidentally in a pocket. It can also be used for a discreet marriage proposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFaux leather ring box: red, navy blue, pink, or turquoise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fine-grained \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in four shades: bright red, classic navy blue, pastel pink, and vibrant turquoise. Each shade features the same black velvet interior. Choose the color of the decor, the bridesmaids, or the dress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions 4.7 cm: a travel and pocket ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith its \u003cstrong\u003e4.7 cm sides\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is a travel ring box that you can take with you for a wedding abroad or an outdoor ceremony. It takes up as little space as a matchbox in a bag while keeping the wedding ring safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRing gift box for engagements, birthdays, and weddings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeyond weddings, the box is suitable for gifting an \u003cstrong\u003eengagement ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, a birthday ring, or a party jewelry piece. Jewelry stores can also offer the four colors for counter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the faux leather and velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the faux leather with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the black velvet interior, a soft brush removes dust. Keep the clasp dry so it stays clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions: Faux Leather Wedding Ring Box 4 Colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour: red, navy blue, pink, and turquoise. Select the color from the list before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe black velvet cushion is designed for one ring, wedding ring, or engagement ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box forms a 4.7 x 4.7 x 4.7 cm cube, easy to slip into a pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the box close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA metal clasp on the front keeps the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a wedding abroad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its small size and clasp make it a practical travel box for keeping the wedding ring safe during the journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder the Faux Leather Wedding Ring Box 4 Colors from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes its boxes by their true colors and true dimensions: the color you choose is the one you receive. Returns are possible within 14 days, with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the color of your ceremony and entrust your wedding ring to a box that closes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications: Faux Leather Wedding Ring Box 4 Colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wedding ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.7 x 4.7 x 4.7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyurethane faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, navy blue, pink, turquoise\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal clasp\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":52364361859384,"sku":"14:10","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":52364361892152,"sku":"14:173","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52364361924920,"sku":"14:1052","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turquoise","offer_id":52364361957688,"sku":"14:202530813","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H5aef3e9be82a4cb394c0c0800b1fdde9f.jpg?v=1778164860"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-rose-velours-cadeau-voyage","title":"Round Pink Velvet Jewelry Box with Ribbon","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound pink velvet jewelry box with ribbon: the ring is gently revealed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eround jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in powder pink velvet closes with a grosgrain ribbon tied in a bow. Inside, a slit holds a ring, or a cushion displays a pendant with its chain. A \u003cstrong\u003epink jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for a marriage proposal, an anniversary, or a birth gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this pink velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder pink velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e inside and out, soft to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching grosgrain ribbon\u003c\/strong\u003e tied in a bow around the box: the gift is ready to give.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound shape\u003c\/strong\u003e that stands out from classic square boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing box\u003c\/strong\u003e in two sizes, small or large.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e in large format, for a pendant with its chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry gift box for special occasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ring box opens to reveal the solitaire set in its velvet slit. For a birth, christening, or Mother's Day, the necklace box displays a pendant just like at the jeweler's. Jewelry designers also use it as elegant \u003cstrong\u003egift packaging\u003c\/strong\u003e for their sales. Once the jewelry is given, it remains a small box to keep on the dressing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the round pink velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylindrical box with a lid, entirely covered in pink \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. Pink grosgrain ribbon tied. Three versions: \u003cstrong\u003ering, small format\u003c\/strong\u003e; \u003cstrong\u003ering, large format\u003c\/strong\u003e; \u003cstrong\u003enecklace, large format\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat each pink jewelry box displays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box contains a split velvet cushion that holds the ring upright, the stone clearly visible upon opening. The small format is suitable for a ring alone, while the large format showcases the ring more prominently. The necklace box offers a round velvet tray on which the pendant rests, with the chain wrapped around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the velvet box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush the velvet in the direction of the nap with a soft brush. Remove dust with adhesive tape. Keep the box away from moisture and sunlight, which could fade the pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the pink jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box to choose for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring box, small or large, holds the solitaire in its velvet slit. The large format offers a more generous presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ribbon included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the box is surrounded by a pink grosgrain ribbon tied in a bow. It is untied to open the box and then retied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a pair of earrings be placed inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe necklace box, with its round tray, can accommodate a small pair of stud earrings. It is primarily designed for a pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a travel box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is primarily a presentation and gift box. It can then keep a precious piece of jewelry on a dressing table or in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases, and displays for both gifting and selling jewelry. You benefit from 14-day returns and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your format and give a piece of jewelry in a box that makes the heart beat.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e round jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e pink velvet, grosgrain ribbon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersions:\u003c\/strong\u003e small format ring, large format ring, large format necklace\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring \/ Small","offer_id":52364362023224,"sku":"14:4602","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ring \/ Large","offer_id":52364362055992,"sku":"14:202529824","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace \/ Large","offer_id":52364362088760,"sku":"14:202530813","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H79c950786ca64ecd98ae08e140af6dadQ.jpg?v=1778164868"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bleu-velours-voyage-vitrine","title":"Sky Blue Velvet Jewelry Case, Double Opening, 7 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSky-blue velvet jewelry box with double opening: seven sizes for every piece of jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e in sky-blue velvet opens in two flaps, like jewelry cases, and displays a single piece of jewelry on an ivory background. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003eseven sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, pendant, earrings, bangle, bracelet, necklace, and jewelry set. To give a piece of jewelry, display it in a showcase or store it safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the two flaps open wide to reveal the jewelry in a single motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap fastener\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front to keep the box closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIvory interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that makes gold, silver, and colored stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne size for each piece of jewelry\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring slot, pendant or earring plate, bangle holder, necklace tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e ready to give, without wrapping paper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box for giving, displaying, or storing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal, birthday, or christening, this \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the gift the presentation of a jewelry store. In a shop or on a counter, the complete range creates a harmonious display: the same blue, the same opening, a size suited to each piece. At home, it protects a precious piece of jewelry in a drawer or jewelry box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe seven sizes of the blue jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a central slot holds the ring upright. \u003cstrong\u003ePendant box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a vertical plate holds the chain and lets the pendant hang. \u003cstrong\u003eEarring box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a perforated plate holds a pair, with a loop for a chain. \u003cstrong\u003eBangle box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a rounded holder keeps the bangle in place. \u003cstrong\u003eBracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a long, narrow size for flexible bracelets and slim watches. \u003cstrong\u003eNecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a tray holds a necklace laid in a circle. \u003cstrong\u003eJewelry set box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the largest, for a necklace accompanied by its ring and earrings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the sky-blue velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSky-blue velvet fabric exterior on a rigid structure, ivory velvet interior. Two-flap opening, snap fastener closure. Seven sizes to choose from, all in the same color to create a range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the exterior and interior with a soft brush. Dab any mark with a barely damp cloth without rubbing. Store the box closed, away from sunlight, to preserve the vibrancy of the blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich jewelry box size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe one that matches the piece of jewelry: ring, pendant, earrings, bangle, flexible bracelet, or necklace. For a set, choose the jewelry set box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the box come with a piece of jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold empty. The jewelry in the photos is used to show each size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I create a display with several boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the seven sizes share the same color and opening. They create a harmonious presentation in a jewelry store or on a stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the box stay closed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA snap fastener holds the two flaps together. It opens with a press of the finger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good box for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the ring box holds the ring upright and opens in two flaps. The effect is impressive when revealing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux only sells boxes, storage, and displays for jewelry and watches, for individuals and professionals. You have 14 days to change your mind and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. See also our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/collections\/boite-a-bijoux\"\u003ejewelry boxes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the size that matches your piece of jewelry and present it as you would in a jewelry store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet fabric, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e sky blue, ivory interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e snap fastener\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, pendant, earrings, bangle, bracelet, necklace, jewelry set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring box","offer_id":52364362154296,"sku":"14:200211869","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant case","offer_id":52364362187064,"sku":"14:201504125","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Earring case","offer_id":52364362219832,"sku":"14:201504124","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rigid bracelet case","offer_id":52364362252600,"sku":"14:1202","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet case","offer_id":52364362285368,"sku":"14:6144","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace case","offer_id":52364362318136,"sku":"14:201452310","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jewelry case","offer_id":52364362350904,"sku":"14:4147","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H0f23024f0cfc4bc6b91cfe3e54ffc353d.jpg?v=1778164877"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-bois-compact-rangement-voyage","title":"Bamboo Jewelry Box for Ring, Necklace or Bracelet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBamboo jewelry box: a natural wood box for a ring, necklace or bracelet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebamboo jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in four sizes, each designed for a specific piece of jewelry: a ring, necklace, rigid bracelet or flexible bracelet. Its natural wood and soft cream interior highlight a unique piece, whether you are giving it as a gift, storing it or displaying it in a jewelry store window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural bamboo\u003c\/strong\u003e: a light-colored wood with a visible grain, understated and warm, unlike cardboard or plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA size for each piece of jewelry\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, necklace, rigid bracelet or flexible bracelet box, to choose from according to the piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCream velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft lining that protects the metal and makes the stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable padding\u003c\/strong\u003e: slot for the ring, tab for the necklace, cushion for the bangle, elongated base for the bracelet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegant gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e: it is sufficient on its own to give a piece of jewelry, without the need for wrapping paper or an additional box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry box for giving, storing or displaying in a window\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a gift, this \u003cstrong\u003egift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e complements an engagement ring, a birth pendant or an anniversary bracelet. At home, it keeps a precious piece separate, in a dressing table drawer or a larger jewelry box. For a designer or jewelry store, the complete bamboo range provides a consistent presentation in the window and on the counter. When traveling, the box protects a delicate piece of jewelry at the bottom of a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the bamboo box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid \u003cstrong\u003ebamboo\u003c\/strong\u003e structure with a natural finish, interior lined with \u003cstrong\u003ecream velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, hinged lid. Four models to choose from: \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e (small cube with slot), \u003cstrong\u003enecklace box\u003c\/strong\u003e (standing rectangular format with tab), \u003cstrong\u003erigid bracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e (square format with cushion) and \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet box\u003c\/strong\u003e (long format).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich box to choose for which piece of jewelry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box holds the ring upright in a velvet slot, with the stone facing forward. The necklace box displays the pendant on a vertical tab, with the chain folded behind. The rigid bracelet box surrounds a cushion onto which the bangle or beaded bracelet slides. The long box accommodates a flexible bracelet or chain laid flat along its entire length. Take several sizes to create a matching set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wooden box and velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the bamboo with a dry cloth, without water or products. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. Store the box away from moisture to preserve the light color of the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the four models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach is designed for a specific piece of jewelry: a ring, necklace, rigid bracelet or flexible bracelet. Choose the model according to the piece you want to store or give as a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box made of real wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is made of bamboo, a natural wood with a visible grain. The interior is lined with cream velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan you give a piece of jewelry directly in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is its primary use. Its wooden finish makes it elegant without any additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy a jewelry box for a jewelry store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order each size individually or in multiple quantities here. The bamboo range remains consistent in the window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases and displays for individuals and professionals, described in detail. You benefit from \u003cstrong\u003ereturns within 14 days\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e2-year legal guarantee of conformity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the bamboo box that suits your jewelry, and give it in a natural and refined box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e bamboo, cream velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, necklace, rigid bracelet, bracelet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening:\u003c\/strong\u003e hinged lid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring box","offer_id":52364362383672,"sku":"14:29","price":25.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace case","offer_id":52364362416440,"sku":"14:193","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rigid bracelet case","offer_id":52364362449208,"sku":"14:175","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet case","offer_id":52364362481976,"sku":"14:10","price":35.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H1aac8a722ef0417d9260eb01d2bdb927s.jpg?v=1778164887"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-velours-cadeau-luxe-voyage","title":"White Faux Leather and Velvet Jewelry Gift Box","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite faux leather and velvet jewelry gift box: a box suited to every piece of jewelry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis white faux leather \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e, lined with pearl-grey \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, is available in four sizes: for a \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eearrings\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ebracelet\u003c\/strong\u003e. With rounded corners, a gold-tone button closure and an interior designed to hold the jewelry in place, it turns a gift into a special moment and then serves as a storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour dedicated sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: each box is designed for a specific type of jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth white faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with rounded corners for a \u003cstrong\u003eluxury jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that makes gold, silver and gemstones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold-tone button\u003c\/strong\u003e on the front to open and close the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching range\u003c\/strong\u003e: you can create a set for a complete jewelry collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA jewelry gift box for a proposal, a wedding or a shop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn engagement ring, birthday earrings, a birth pendant or a bangle for a party: this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the jewelry the box it deserves. Jewelers and designers also use it to deliver an order or display a piece in a shop window. At home, it protects the jewelry between wearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four sizes of the velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ering box\u003c\/strong\u003e, the smallest, presents the ring in a velvet slot. The earring box holds a pair thanks to its interior support. The pendant box opens to reveal a velvet-lined panel where the chain is attached in the center, making the pendant clearly visible. The wider bracelet box presents a bangle or bracelet on a rounded support. The size is selected when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite faux leather and grey velvet: the materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of smooth, soft white \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e over a rigid structure. The interior is lined with pearl-grey \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, which protects the jewelry from scratches. The gold-tone closure button echoes the color of gold jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for the white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the faux leather with a soft, slightly damp cloth to keep it looking clean and white. Dust the velvet with a soft brush and store the box away from direct light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the jewelry gift box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich box size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe one that matches the jewelry being given: a ring, earrings, a pendant or a bracelet. Each size has an interior designed for that piece of jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the white faux leather and grey velvet ring box highlights an engagement ring. Its gold-tone button closure adds to the special moment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I create a matching set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the four sizes share the same materials and white color. They form a cohesive range for a jewelry collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I keep a white box clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft, barely damp cloth is enough for the faux leather. Avoid household cleaning products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select boxes that add value to your jewelry, whether for gifting or display. Returns are accepted within 14 days, and we offer a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the size suited to your jewelry and present it in an elegant white box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the white jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry gift box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e white faux leather, grey velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, earrings, pendant or bracelet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e gold-tone button\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring","offer_id":52364362547512,"sku":"14:29#A 65x58x45mm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Earrings","offer_id":52364362580280,"sku":"14:173#F 180x130x45mm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pendant","offer_id":52364362613048,"sku":"14:175#C 100x75x32mm","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet","offer_id":52364362645816,"sku":"14:10#D 95x95x45mm","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/H4fa26926f7b148fca0e91fe08fcdebc48.jpg?v=1778164896"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-magasin-bois","title":"Light Wood and Black Velvet Ring Box 6 x 6 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLight wood and black velvet ring box, 6 x 6 x 5 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003elight wood ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e showcases a ring on deep black velvet. The varnished wood with visible grain and the contrast with the dark interior create a very clean presentation, for a jewelry display case, a shop counter, or an engagement gift. Size: 6 x 6 x 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVarnished light wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: the natural grain remains visible and each box is slightly different.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuilted black velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dark background makes the shine of gold, silver, and stones stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing slot\u003c\/strong\u003e: the cushion holds the ring, placed at a three-quarter angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize 6 x 6 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: it slips into a display case or stand without cluttering it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: it opens wide and stays upright during trying on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor various rings\u003c\/strong\u003e: wedding bands, solitaires, engagement rings, and signet rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLight wood ring box: contrast of wood and black velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a warm and natural look, while the black velvet focuses the gaze on the ring. It is the classic combination of wooden ring boxes in jewelry: sober, clear, and easy to highlight under a spotlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBox for engagement ring, solitaire, and wedding band\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe slot in the cushion holds an \u003cstrong\u003eengagement ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, a solitaire, or a wedding band. The velvet hugs the ring without squeezing it, and the stones remain oriented towards the person opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions 6 x 6 x 5 cm: where to place the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith its \u003cstrong\u003e6 x 6 x 5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the box takes up little space on a counter, in a display case, or at the bottom of a drawer. Several identical boxes align easily to create a ring display in a jewelry store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA presentation box for the store and as a gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eshops and jewelry stores\u003c\/strong\u003e use it to present a ring for trying on and to return it to the customer. As a gift, it slips into a bag or a pouch. At home, it keeps a precious ring safe from dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for varnished light wood and black velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood with a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e. On the black velvet, the soft brush removes dust and small fibers. Keep the box away from moisture and household products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions: Light Wood Black Velvet Ring Box 6 x 6 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the inside of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inside is quilted black velvet, with a slot for the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rings can I display in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for wedding bands, solitaires, engagement rings, and signet rings of standard size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box measures 6 x 6 x 5 cm, making it easy to store or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the wood varnished?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the varnished light wood shows its grain and resists everyday friction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a jewelry display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the contrast of light wood and black velvet is designed for presentation in a display case or on a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder Light Wood Black Velvet Ring Box 6 x 6 cm at Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes each box as it is: wood color, velvet color, dimensions. No promises outside the sheet, a return possible within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShowcase your most beautiful ring in a light wood box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical sheet: Light Wood Black Velvet Ring Box 6 x 6 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 6 x 5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Varnished light wood, quilted black velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable rings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wedding band, solitaire, engagement ring, signet ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft dry cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Light Wood, Black Velvet","offer_id":52364362678584,"sku":"EB-BOIS-001","price":25.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/HTB1BBNobEvrK1RjSszfq6xJNVXae.jpg?v=1778164909"},{"product_id":"presentoir-cone-bague-acrylique-transparent","title":"Acrylic Diamond-Shaped Ring Box with Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDiamond-shaped acrylic ring box: a sparkling presentation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eacrylic ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e is cut like a \u003cstrong\u003efaceted diamond\u003c\/strong\u003e: transparent, shiny, and trimmed with silver piping. Inside, a \u003cstrong\u003elight-colored velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e cushion holds the ring. It measures \u003cstrong\u003e6 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e by \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 cm in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e and is available in a \u003cstrong\u003eone-ring\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003etwo-ring\u003c\/strong\u003e version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this acrylic ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn eye-catching presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e the facets of the acrylic play with the light, like a cut stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA protective interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e the light-colored velvet hugs the ring and prevents scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor one or two rings:\u003c\/strong\u003e marriage proposals, wedding rings, or engagement rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eA compact size:\u003c\/strong\u003e measuring 6.5 cm in diameter, it fits perfectly on a dressing table, in a display case, or in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA transparent engagement box for a marriage proposal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid opens to reveal a ring placed as if on a pedestal. For a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, the transparency allows the ring to be glimpsed before opening. The \u003cstrong\u003etwo-ring\u003c\/strong\u003e version is ideal for a ceremony's \u003cstrong\u003ewedding rings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAcrylic box for a display case or dressing table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaced in a display case, the \u003cstrong\u003etransparent ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e showcases a piece of jewelry. At home, it keeps a precious ring close at hand. Its round shape and facets require no additional decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne or two rings: which version of the acrylic box should you choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eone-ring\u003c\/strong\u003e version offers a centered setting, ideal for a solitaire or engagement ring that should remain the sole focus. The \u003cstrong\u003etwo-ring\u003c\/strong\u003e version holds two rings side by side in the velvet cushion: a wedding ring and an engagement ring, or a pair of wedding rings. In both cases, the slot in the cushion keeps the ring straight so that it remains clearly visible when the lid is opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial and care for the diamond box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe acrylic is polished and shiny; the interior is made of light-colored velvet. Wipe with a dry microfiber cloth and avoid abrasive products that may scratch the acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the acrylic ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 6 cm high by 6.5 cm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold two wedding rings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the two-ring version is designed for two wedding rings or two engagement rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the acrylic scratch easily?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLike all polished acrylic, it should be cleaned with a dry microfiber cloth without abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich version should I choose for a solitaire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe one-ring version: the ring remains alone in the center of the cushion, beautifully showcased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable as a gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be presented as a jewelry box, with the ring in place and the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach version is described exactly as it appears. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the one- or two-ring version and give your ring a box that shines.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diamond-shaped ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent acrylic, velvet, silver piping\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One or two rings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dry microfiber cloth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"For a ring","offer_id":52364362973496,"sku":"41812691-ring-box","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"For two rings","offer_id":52364363006264,"sku":"41812691-couple-ring-box","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ecrin-diamant.png?v=1778164924"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-homme","title":"Men's Ring Box in Lacquered Wood and White Velvet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMen's ring box in varnished wood and white velvet for signet rings and wedding bands\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emen's ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e in mahogany-colored varnished wood holds a signet ring, wedding band, or engagement ring in a white velvet interior. Measuring 6 x 5 x 4 cm, its rectangular slot makes it a sleek box for gifting, carrying, or displaying a men's ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eReddish-brown varnished wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: a glossy finish that enhances the ring, giving it the look of a collector's box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuilted white velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: it fits the ring and protects it from scratches and impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular slot\u003c\/strong\u003e: the slot accommodates a wide ring, such as a signet ring or championship ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 x 5 x 4 cm size\u003c\/strong\u003e: a compact box that fits into a bag or suitcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor men's and women's rings\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box also holds wedding bands and rings of standard sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHinged lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: it opens wide and stays upright during presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMen's ring box in wood: a masculine and classic style\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003emahogany-colored varnished wood\u003c\/strong\u003e and white velvet create a sharp, masculine contrast. This men's ring box is suitable for both a birthday gift and presenting a promotion or engagement ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFor signet rings, wedding bands, or wide rings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular slot of the cushion holds a \u003cstrong\u003esignet ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, wedding band, or thick ring, where a narrow slot would cause it to tip over. A thinner ring also fits securely, with the velvet preventing excessive movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions 6 x 5 x 4 cm and travel storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e6 x 5 x 4 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the box fits in a jacket pocket, carry-on bag, or bedside drawer. It is ideal as a travel ring box for carrying a valuable ring without damaging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWooden ring box for shops and display cases\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry store\u003c\/strong\u003e, the box serves as a presentation box on a counter or in a display case. It can be paired with a counter ring display to create a small display of men's rings, signet rings, and wedding bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for varnished wood and white velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esoft, dry cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e is all that is needed for the varnished wood. The white velvet can be dusted with a soft brush; avoid contact with dirty or damp rings, which may leave marks on the white fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions: Men's Ring Box in Varnished Wood and White Velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a signet ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the rectangular slot of the cushion is designed for a wide ring, such as a signet ring or thick wedding band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe interior is made of quilted white velvet, which enhances the metal of the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box measures 6 x 5 x 4 cm, a compact and easy-to-carry size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a suitable gift for a man?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its varnished wood finish and white velvet give it a masculine and understated style, suitable as a standalone gift or with the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan several rings be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box is designed to hold one ring in the slot; for several rings, a display or double box is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrder the Men's Ring Box in Varnished Wood and White Velvet from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux describes its boxes using photos: wood shade, velvet color, and slot shape. Returns are possible within 14 days, and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity allows you to buy with peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGift a men's ring in a sleek, durable varnished wood box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications: Men's Ring Box in Varnished Wood and White Velvet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Men's ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 5 x 4 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Varnished wood, quilted white velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ring (rectangular slot)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable rings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Signet ring, wedding band, engagement ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft dry cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Varnished Wood, White Velvet","offer_id":52364363071800,"sku":"EBH-29.90","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/ecrin-bague-homme.jpg?v=1778164932"},{"product_id":"boite-bijoux-voyage-velours-compact","title":"Teal Velvet Jewelry Box by Jewelry Type","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTeal jewelry box with grey velvet interior: five sizes for every piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis teal \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in five sizes: ring, earrings, necklace, bracelet, or long necklace. Its satin-finish case opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003egrey velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e that makes silver, gold, and gemstones shine. Whether you are giving a piece of jewelry as a gift, presenting it in a display case, or storing it safely, every piece finds its perfect box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this teal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring box, earring box, necklace box, bracelet box, and long necklace box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: the grey lining protects the piece and highlights the gemstones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatin-finish case\u003c\/strong\u003e: a teal finish with soft reflections and rounded corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching range\u003c\/strong\u003e: all sizes share the same shade to present a complete jewelry set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e: a presentation ready to give, without gift wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA gift box for giving, displaying, or traveling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a marriage proposal, birthday, or christening, this \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry gift box\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the gift the look of a fine jewelry store. Designers use it as a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e to present a piece to a customer or display it on a counter. Compact and rigid, it also protects a ring or a pair of earrings in a travel bag: it is a practical \u003cstrong\u003etravel jewelry box\u003c\/strong\u003e for a single piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials of the faux leather and velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is covered in teal \u003cstrong\u003ePU faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e with a satin finish. The interior is lined with soft \u003cstrong\u003egrey velvet\u003c\/strong\u003e, in both the lid and the base. Each size is designed for its jewelry: a slot for the ring, slots for earrings, a tab for the pendant, and a cushion for the bracelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions of the five jewelry box sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box measures \u003cstrong\u003e4.5 x 5.3 x 6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The earring box measures \u003cstrong\u003e4 x 7 x 7 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The necklace box, for a pendant, measures \u003cstrong\u003e3.3 x 7 x 10.3 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The bracelet box, with its cushion for a bangle, measures \u003cstrong\u003e4 x 9 x 9 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The long necklace box, for a chain or a thin flat bracelet, measures \u003cstrong\u003e2.7 x 22 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for your teal velvet jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust the velvet with a soft brush. Wipe the case with a soft, dry cloth, without solvents that would dull the satin finish. Keep the box out of direct sunlight to preserve its color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the teal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose for a pendant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe necklace size, with its tab, presents a pendant and its chain. For a long flat chain, choose the long necklace size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan stud earrings be displayed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the earring size has slots for a pair. Studs and screw-backs can be inserted so they face forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box sold with the jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the box is sold alone, without jewelry. It awaits the piece you wish to give or store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a matching set be created?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the five sizes have the same shade and the same finish. They form a cohesive set on a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this jewelry box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux selects boxes, cases, and displays for giving and displaying jewelry. You benefit from returns within 14 days and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity. Choose the size that suits your piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the teal jewelry box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e jewelry box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU faux leather, grey velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring, earrings, necklace, bracelet, long necklace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e teal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Ring","offer_id":52364363137336,"sku":"42445368-h03001","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Earrings","offer_id":52364363170104,"sku":"42445368-h03002","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Necklace","offer_id":52364363202872,"sku":"42445368-h03003","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bracelet","offer_id":52364363235640,"sku":"42445368-h03004","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long necklace","offer_id":52364363268408,"sku":"long-collier#d","price":49.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/Ha9dedd9e0f354833918855ae1b9648f92.jpg?v=1778164937"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-velours-de-luxe","title":"LED Ring Case Black Faux Leather Velvet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack faux leather LED ring box: a light upon opening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eLED ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e in matte black faux leather opens to reveal a black velvet interior and a small light that illuminates the ring as soon as the lid is opened. Compact (\u003cstrong\u003e8 x 7 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e), it slips into a pocket or bag and showcases a wedding ring, solitaire, or gift with a spotlight effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this ring box with LED lighting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED light upon opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the light turns on when the lid is raised and highlights the ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte black faux leather exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a sober and elegant finish that is pleasant to hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack velvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the velvet-lined slot holds the ring and protects the metal and stones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size of 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e: it fits in a jacket pocket or a small bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for gifting\u003c\/strong\u003e: the box is suitable for a marriage proposal, engagement, birthday, or precious gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAn LED ring box for special moments and display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is ideal for a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, presenting an engagement ring or wedding band, a birthday, or a holiday. Jewelers or designers also use it as elegant packaging or as a presentation box on a counter. The LED lighting creates a showcase effect when opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ring fits in the box? Wedding band, solitaire, thin ring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe velvet-lined slot holds a \u003cstrong\u003ewedding band\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003esolitaire\u003c\/strong\u003e, or a thin ring. Slide the ring into the slot facing upwards so that the stone is seen from the front when opened. Very thick or very large rings may require prior testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFaux leather and velvet: the materials of the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer shell is made of rigid, fine-grained \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the interior is padded with black \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e. This combination protects the ring from impacts and dust during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the LED ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the faux leather with a soft, dry cloth, and dust the velvet with a soft brush. Avoid water and household products, which can mark the coating and damage the lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the LED ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the light turn on by itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the LED lighting is designed to turn on when the lid is opened. It turns off when closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box measures 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm. It easily slips into a pocket or handbag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings can be stored in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe velvet slot is designed for one ring, wedding band, or solitaire. For multiple rings, a tray or roll box is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is one of its favorite uses: the opening illuminates the ring and creates a surprise effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy your box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur store specializes in boxes, cases, displays, and jewelry and watch boxes. The product page clearly states what you receive, and returns are accepted within 14 days, with a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive a ring in a black box that illuminates when opened.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring box with LED lighting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring, wedding band, solitaire\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faux leather, velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED light upon opening\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft dry cloth, soft brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364363465016,"sku":"PB-ECRIN-BAGUE-NOIR-LED","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/product-image-1623096211_4ede47d3-c67e-4e50-bdf3-70184d7f691d.jpg?v=1778164961"},{"product_id":"presentoir-bague-cuir-noir","title":"Ring Case LED Black Faux Leather Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack faux leather ring box with LED: an opening that illuminates the ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eblack faux leather ring box with LED\u003c\/strong\u003e opens to reveal a small built-in light: as soon as the lid is lifted, the \u003cstrong\u003eLED\u003c\/strong\u003e turns on and makes the ring shine. The effect is immediate, whether for a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, wedding rings, or a gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box measures \u003cstrong\u003e8 x 7 x 5.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately 0.15 kg: a pocket-sized format that slips into a bag or display case. Inside, a dark velvet lining holds the ring in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe highlights of this ring box with LED\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED on opening\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lighting highlights the facets of the stone as soon as the box is opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e: a matte, understated surface that does not show fingerprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the ring slot and velvet base protect the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact format\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm, 0.15 kg, ready to gift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDomed lid\u003c\/strong\u003e: its enveloping shape is reminiscent of fine jewelry boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA luminous box for marriage proposals and prestigious gifts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring box with LED is a classic for marriage proposals: the opening reveals the ring in the light. It is also suitable for presenting wedding rings, a birthday or engagement gift, and any occasion where presentation matters as much as the jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFor the display case and jewelry counter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-store, an open box on a counter attracts attention thanks to its light. A row of several boxes, each with a different ring, makes a ready-made small display. The black matches all metals and all stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finishes of the black box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of black faux leather (polyurethane) with a subtle grain, shock-resistant and easy to clean. The interior is lined with dark velvet: the ring sits in the slot, protected from scratches. The closure is a magnetic flip-top type, which keeps the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it. Dust the velvet with a soft brush. Close the box after each use to preserve the lighting and prevent dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the LED ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the LED ring box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt measures 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm and weighs approximately 0.15 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen does the LED turn on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt turns on when the lid is opened and illuminates the ring placed in the slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings fit in this box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne ring: a wedding ring, engagement ring, or precious ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this box suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, its lighting on opening and compact format are designed to present an engagement ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order this ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together boxes, cases, and displays for jewelry and watches, intended for individuals as well as professionals. Returns within 14 days and a 2-year legal guarantee of conformity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePresent your ring in a box that illuminates on opening.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the black LED ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ring box with LED\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 7 x 5.5 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.15 kg\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e black faux leather (polyurethane)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52364363530552,"sku":"PB-ECRIN-LED-NOIR","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/product-image-1623096211.jpg?v=1778164963"},{"product_id":"ecrin-bijoux-cuir-velours-coffret-cadeau-luxe","title":"Jewelry Case Gift Box Faux Leather 4 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFaux leather jewelry case: four sizes, four colors, one elegant gift box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003efaux leather jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in \u003cstrong\u003efour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, small pendant box, large pendant box, and bracelet. Its \u003cstrong\u003egold-tone crown clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e and satin finish make it an elegant \u003cstrong\u003egift box\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is available in gray, blue, pink, and white, with a tufted velvet interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this faux leather jewelry case gift box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring, small or large pendant, bracelet: choose the box best suited to the jewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrown clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e: a gold-tone crown-shaped clasp adds a touch of distinction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatin faux leather\u003c\/strong\u003e: a smooth exterior that is easy to wipe clean and gives the appearance of a jewelry box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a tufted cushion that holds the jewelry in place and protects it from scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: gray, blue, pink, and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry case gift box: ring, pendant, and bracelet to give as a gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring case is ideal for a proposal or birthday gift; the pendant case, in a small or large box, displays a necklace with its pendant; the bracelet case holds a rigid bracelet. Each can be placed in a gift bag or displayed on a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-store, the range of four colors helps create a harmonious presentation for different types of jewelry. At home, the cases are useful for storing formal jewelry between occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJewelry case organization: one cushion per size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach box contains a suitable tufted cushion: a slot for the ring, an elongated support for the pendant and its chain, and a rounded shape for the bracelet. The lid folds over the base and locks with the crown clasp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFaux leather jewelry case features: materials, sizes, and colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is made of polyurethane faux leather, and the interior is lined with velvet. The four sizes are ring, small pendant box, large pendant box, and bracelet. The colors are gray, blue, pink, and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaring for your faux leather jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the faux leather with a soft cloth, slightly damp if necessary, then dry. Dust the interior with a soft brush. Avoid abrasive products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the faux leather jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available for this jewelry case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour: ring, small pendant box, large pendant box, and bracelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the jewelry case made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exterior is made of faux leather (polyurethane), and the interior is lined with velvet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the jewelry case close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a gold-tone crown clasp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGray, blue, pink, and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: the crown clasp and satin finish make it an elegant gift case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers cases, boxes, and displays for individuals and professionals, with product pages that accurately reflect what you will receive. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the size and color of your jewelry, and present it in an elegant gift box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jewelry case gift box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyurethane faux leather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tufted velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClasp:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold-tone, crown-shaped\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring, small pendant box, large pendant box, bracelet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, blue, pink, white\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Grey \/ Ring","offer_id":52364363596088,"sku":"40568213-gray-ring-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Small box pendant","offer_id":52364363628856,"sku":"40568213-gray-small-pendant-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Large box pendant","offer_id":52364363661624,"sku":"40568213-gray-large-pendant-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364363694392,"sku":"40568213-gray-bracelet-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Ring","offer_id":52364363727160,"sku":"40568213-blue-ring-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Small box pendant","offer_id":52364363759928,"sku":"40568213-blue-small-pendant-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Large box pendant","offer_id":52364363792696,"sku":"40568213-blue-large-pendant-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364363825464,"sku":"40568213-blue-bracelet-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Ring","offer_id":52364363858232,"sku":"40568213-rose-gold-ring-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Small box pendant","offer_id":52364363891000,"sku":"40568213-rose-gold-small-pendant-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Large box pendant","offer_id":52364363923768,"sku":"40568213-rose-gold-large-pendant-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364363956536,"sku":"40568213-rose-gold-bracelet-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Ring","offer_id":52364363989304,"sku":"40568213-white-ring-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Small box pendant","offer_id":52364364022072,"sku":"40568213-white-small-pendant-box","price":39.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Large box pendant","offer_id":52364364054840,"sku":"40568213-white-large-pendant-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Bracelet","offer_id":52364364087608,"sku":"40568213-white-bracelet-box","price":45.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/product-image-1549503029.jpg?v=1778164973"},{"product_id":"ecrin-bijoux-led-acrylique-colore-coffret","title":"LED Jewelry Box for Ring or Pendant, 5 Colors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED jewelry case: the illuminated jewelry box upon opening, for a ring or a pendant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eLED jewelry case\u003c\/strong\u003e highlights the jewelry upon opening: a \u003cstrong\u003ebuilt-in LED\u003c\/strong\u003e illuminates a black interior. It is available in two models, \u003cstrong\u003ering\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e, and in \u003cstrong\u003efive colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: white, cyan blue, gold, pink, and red. The ring model has a rigid shell with \u003cstrong\u003ebeveled edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, highlighted with a gold trim, evoking a piece of jewelry. It is a \u003cstrong\u003egift box\u003c\/strong\u003e for an engagement, Valentine's Day, or a birthday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this LED jewelry case for a ring or pendant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in LED\u003c\/strong\u003e: lighting placed in the lid highlights the jewelry upon opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: the dark background makes the shine of the metal and stones stand out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlossy rigid shell\u003c\/strong\u003e: a smooth exterior, with bold colors, highlighted by a gold trim on the ring model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo models\u003c\/strong\u003e: ring or pendant: choose the case suited to the jewelry being gifted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e: white, cyan blue, gold, pink, and red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED jewelry case: engagement, marriage proposal, and exceptional gift\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, the LED case creates a surprise effect: the ring lights up upon opening. The \u003cstrong\u003ependant\u003c\/strong\u003e model is suitable for a birthday, birth, or Valentine's Day gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a jewelry store display, the open cases, with LEDs lit, attract attention and showcase a ring or a pendant. The five colors allow for a pyramid or row presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganization of the LED jewelry case: black cushion and lighting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ring model contains a black cushion with a slot for the ring; the pendant model is designed for a pendant and its chain. In both cases, an LED is built into the lid and illuminates the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the LED jewelry case: models, materials, and colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shell is rigid, made of plastic, with a black interior with a velvety texture. Two models: ring and pendant. Five colors: white, cyan blue, gold, pink, and red. The lighting is provided by a built-in LED.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the LED jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the shell with a soft, dry cloth. Dust the black interior with a soft brush. Avoid moisture around the LED.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the LED jewelry case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the case really illuminate the jewelry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: a built-in LED illuminates the black interior when the case is open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat models are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo: ring and pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are offered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite, cyan blue, gold, pink, and red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a display case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes: open, with the LED lit, the case draws attention on a counter or in a display case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your LED jewelry case from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux brings together cases, boxes, and displays for individuals and professionals, with product sheets that accurately reflect what you receive. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your model and color, and give the jewelry in a case that illuminates it.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED jewelry case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShell:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid, plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black velvet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in LED\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring, pendant\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, cyan blue, gold, pink, red\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"White \/ Ring","offer_id":52364364153144,"sku":"41189545-pearl-white-ring-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364364185912,"sku":"41189545-pearl-white-pendant-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan blue \/ Ring","offer_id":52364364218680,"sku":"41189545-tiffany-blue-ring-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan blue \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364364251448,"sku":"41189545-tiffany-blue-pendant-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ Ring","offer_id":52364364284216,"sku":"41189545-gold-ring-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364364316984,"sku":"41189545-gold-pendant-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Ring","offer_id":52364364349752,"sku":"41189545-champagne-gold-ring-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364364382520,"sku":"41189545-champagne-gold-pendant-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Ring","offer_id":52364364415288,"sku":"41189545-bright-red-ring-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Pendant","offer_id":52364364448056,"sku":"41189545-bright-red-pendant-box","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/product-image-1596739637.jpg?v=1778164976"},{"product_id":"ecrin-bague-coeur-bois-velours-romantique","title":"Wooden Heart Ring Box, Velvet Interior","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden heart-shaped ring box: a natural box for engagements and weddings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ewooden ring box\u003c\/strong\u003e is shaped like a \u003cstrong\u003eheart\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003emagnetic\u003c\/strong\u003e lid opens to reveal a \u003cstrong\u003evelvet\u003c\/strong\u003e cushion where the ring rests. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003elight wood\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003edark walnut\u003c\/strong\u003e. About the size of a palm, it fits in a pocket: it is a discreet and warm box for a marriage proposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this wooden heart-shaped ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural wood\u003c\/strong\u003e: the wood grain gives each box its own unique, warmer look than a plastic box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeart shape\u003c\/strong\u003e: a romantic symbol that is instantly recognizable when held out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic closure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the lid folds down and stays in place with a magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet interior\u003c\/strong\u003e: a soft cushion holds the ring in place and protects it from scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6 x 5.5 x 3.2 cm: it fits in a pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWooden ring box: marriage proposals, engagements and ceremonies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a rustic or bohemian \u003cstrong\u003emarriage proposal\u003c\/strong\u003e, wood and the heart shape create a simple and warm setting. The box is also suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eengagements\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eweddings\u003c\/strong\u003e (ring exchange ceremony) and anniversaries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the occasion, it remains a lovely object to keep on a dresser or bedside table, with the ring inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn terms of presentation, light wood pairs well with natural decor, while dark walnut suits dark furniture. Both boxes photograph well: they can be seen open, with the ring resting on the velvet, also making them a great prop for an engagement announcement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign of the heart-shaped ring box: velvet cushion and magnetic lid\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains a velvet cushion with a slot for the ring. The heart-shaped lid folds down on a hinge and attaches to the magnet when closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of the wooden heart-shaped ring box: dimensions and finishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box measures 6 x 5.5 x 3.2 cm. It is made of wood, with a velvet interior and a magnetic closure. Two finishes are available: light wood and dark walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare for the wooden ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the wood with a soft, dry cloth. Avoid moisture and direct heat. Dust the velvet with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the wooden heart-shaped ring box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rings does the box hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne, on the velvet cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith a magnetic closure: the lid folds down on a hinge and stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight wood and dark walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a marriage proposal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Its pocket-friendly size and heart shape make it a natural choice for a proposal box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store something other than a ring in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box is designed for a ring. A small, delicate piece of jewelry, such as a wedding band or birth ring, will also fit inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order your wooden ring box from Présentoirs à Bijoux\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrésentoirs à Bijoux offers boxes, cases and displays for individuals and professionals, with product pages that accurately reflect what you will receive. Returns are possible within 14 days, and the 2-year legal guarantee of conformity applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your finish and present the ring in a heart-shaped wooden box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wooden heart-shaped ring box\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, velvet interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 5.5 x 3.2 cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light wood, dark walnut\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--v3.1--\u003e","brand":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","offers":[{"title":"Light Wood","offer_id":52364364808504,"sku":"41476678-beige","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Walnut","offer_id":52364364841272,"sku":"41476678-coffee","price":29.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/files\/product-image-1611717583.jpg?v=1778165000"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0967\/1265\/5160\/collections\/couv-ecrin-bijoux.jpg?v=1793128513","url":"https:\/\/presentoirbijoux.com\/en\/collections\/ecrin-bijoux.oembed","provider":"Présentoirs à Bijoux","version":"1.0","type":"link"}